[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025052620A1 - Flavor-generating article - Google Patents

Flavor-generating article Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2025052620A1
WO2025052620A1 PCT/JP2023/032661 JP2023032661W WO2025052620A1 WO 2025052620 A1 WO2025052620 A1 WO 2025052620A1 JP 2023032661 W JP2023032661 W JP 2023032661W WO 2025052620 A1 WO2025052620 A1 WO 2025052620A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
flavor
generating article
less
flavor generating
tobacco
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/JP2023/032661
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
哲也 本溜
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Japan Tobacco Inc
Original Assignee
Japan Tobacco Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Japan Tobacco Inc filed Critical Japan Tobacco Inc
Priority to PCT/JP2023/032661 priority Critical patent/WO2025052620A1/en
Publication of WO2025052620A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025052620A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A24TOBACCO; CIGARS; CIGARETTES; SIMULATED SMOKING DEVICES; SMOKERS' REQUISITES
    • A24DCIGARS; CIGARETTES; TOBACCO SMOKE FILTERS; MOUTHPIECES FOR CIGARS OR CIGARETTES; MANUFACTURE OF TOBACCO SMOKE FILTERS OR MOUTHPIECES
    • A24D1/00Cigars; Cigarettes
    • A24D1/20Cigarettes specially adapted for simulated smoking devices

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a flavor generating product.
  • flavor generating articles are known that are used in flavor inhalers to inhale flavors without burning materials.
  • a flavor generating article is known that has an aerosol-forming base material that generates an aerosol, and a plug that is placed on the tip side (upstream side) of this aerosol-forming base material (see Patent Document 1).
  • the plug disclosed in Patent Document 1 is provided in the flavor-generating article for the purpose of suppressing the release of the aerosol-forming substrate from the tip of the rod during handling of the flavor-generating article.
  • One of the objects of the present invention is to provide a flavor generating article with a plug that has additional functions.
  • a flavor generating article includes a flavor source and an upstream portion disposed upstream of the flavor source.
  • the upstream portion has a first portion and a second portion having a lower porosity than the first portion.
  • the first portion and the second portion are disposed adjacent to each other.
  • the upstream portion in the cross section of the upstream portion, a portion through which air easily passes (first portion) and a portion through which air does not easily pass (second portion) can be formed. Therefore, by adjusting the positions of the first portion and the second portion, the upstream portion has a new function of allowing a large amount of air to pass to a desired position of the flavor source located downstream of the upstream portion, and as a result, the vapor or aerosol generated in the flavor source can be efficiently delivered.
  • the "porosity" of the first portion refers to the ratio of the portion obtained by subtracting the cross-sectional area of the material constituting the first portion from the entire cross-sectional area of the first portion (i.e., the void portion) to the entire cross-sectional area of the first portion in a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent.
  • the "porosity" of the second portion refers to the ratio of the portion obtained by subtracting the cross-sectional area of the material constituting the second portion from the entire cross-sectional area of the second portion (i.e., the void portion) to the entire cross-sectional area of the second portion in a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent.
  • the first portion may be disposed around the second portion in a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent.
  • air tends to flow more toward the outside than toward the center of the upstream section, so for example, if the flavor-generating product is heated from the outer periphery, more air can flow toward the area where the flavor source temperature is high, allowing for efficient generation and delivery of vapor or aerosol.
  • the second portion may be disposed around the first portion in a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent.
  • the outside of the upstream portion has a lower porosity than the center, making it more difficult for air to flow to the outside, which can prevent the upstream portion from burning if a user accidentally tries to ignite the flavor-generating product.
  • the flavor source may include an aerosol source, and the aerosol source may be positioned so as to overlap the first portion when viewed in a direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent.
  • the porosity of the first portion may be 70% or more and 90% or less, and the porosity of the second portion may be 20% or more and 70% or less.
  • the ratio of the porosity of the first portion to the porosity of the second portion may be greater than or equal to 1.5 and less than or equal to 4.5.
  • a first portion having a desired porosity higher than that of the second portion when the first portion is filled into the cigarette paper constituting the flavor-generating article, a first portion having a desired porosity higher than that of the second portion can be formed. If the density is less than 0.8 g/ cm3 , the porosity of the first portion may be too low, and if the density is more than 1.2 g/ cm3 , the porosity of the first portion may be too high.
  • the first portion may include crimped or embossed paper.
  • the desired first portion which has a higher porosity than the second portion, can be formed using inexpensive materials.
  • a second portion having a desired porosity lower than that of the first portion when the second portion is filled into the cigarette paper constituting the flavor-generating article, a second portion having a desired porosity lower than that of the first portion can be formed. If the density is less than 0.3 g/ cm3 , the porosity of the second portion may be too low, and if the density is more than 0.5 g/ cm3 , the porosity of the second portion may be too high.
  • the second portion may include yarn, nonwoven fabric, or crimped paper.
  • the desired second part which has a lower porosity than the first part, can be formed using inexpensive material.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a smoking system according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a flavor generating article.
  • 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a flavor generating article.
  • FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of a flavor generating article according to another embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a flavor generating article according to another embodiment.
  • the control unit 20 is composed of a CPU, a memory, etc., and controls the operation of the flavor inhaler 120 including the heating unit 30. For example, the control unit 20 starts heating the flavor generating article 110 in response to a user operation on an input device such as a push button or a slide switch (not shown), and stops heating the flavor generating article 110 after a certain period of time has elapsed. If the number of puffing actions by the user exceeds a certain value, the control unit 20 may stop heating the flavor generating article 110 even before the certain period of time has elapsed since the start of heating the flavor generating article 110. For example, the puffing action is detected by a sensor (not shown).
  • the heating unit 30 may be configured to accommodate the flavor generating article 110.
  • the heating unit 30 also includes a heating source 40.
  • the heating source 40 is a heating element that generates heat, i.e., its temperature increases, due to power from the battery 10.
  • the heating source 40 is a heater disposed in the flavor inhaler 120.
  • the heater may include an electric heating wire.
  • the heater is configured to heat the flavor generating article 110 accommodated in the heating unit 30 from the outside of the flavor generating article 110.
  • the flavor inhaler 120 is preferably a so-called external heating type flavor inhaler.
  • the flavor generating article 110 may have a susceptor therein.
  • the susceptor may be inductively heated by an induction coil disposed in the flavor inhaler 120.
  • the flavor inhaler 120 may have a microwave radiation source instead of the heating source 40.
  • a microwave absorber such as water or glycerin contained in the flavor generating article 110 can be heated by microwaves from the microwave radiation source.
  • the flavor generating article 110 can be heated without the need to insert a heater such as a pin-type heater into the flavor generating article 110, and it is possible to prevent a part of the flavor generating article 110 from adhering to such a heater, thereby preventing a decrease in heating efficiency.
  • the flavor inhaler 120 may have a pin or blade-type heater that is inserted into the flavor generating article 110.
  • FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the flavor generating article 110.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the flavor generating article 110. Specifically, FIG. 3(a) is a schematic side cross-sectional view of the flavor generating article 110. FIG. 3(b) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line b-b in FIG. 3(a).
  • the flavor generating article 110 includes a flavor source 221 that generates a flavor, and a tip plug 112 (corresponding to an example of an upstream portion) disposed upstream of the flavor source 221.
  • the flavor generating article 110 includes, in order from the tip side (i.e., the side opposite the mouthpiece), the tip plug 112, the flavor generating portion 220, the hollow tube portion 132, the hollow filter portion 240, and the filter plug 250. These five components are connected using an outer plug wrap 280, an outer plug wrap 260, and a tipping paper 270.
  • each flavor-generating article 110 is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of ease of inhalation, it is usually 8 mmH 2 O or more, preferably 10 mmH 2 O or more, more preferably 12 mmH 2 O or more, and usually 150 mmH 2 O or less, preferably 100 mmH 2 O or less, more preferably 80 mmH 2 O or less, and even more preferably 60 mmH 2 O or less.
  • the airflow resistance of the flavor-generating article 110 is preferably 30 mmH 2 O or more and 150 mmH 2 O or less. In this case, a comfortable inhalation resistance can be provided to the user.
  • the airflow resistance is measured according to the ISO standard method (ISO6565:2015), for example, using a filter airflow resistance measuring device manufactured by Cerulean Co., Ltd.
  • the airflow resistance refers to the air pressure difference between the first end face and the second end face when air is flowed at a predetermined air flow rate (17.5 cc/sec) from one end face (first end face) to the other end face (second end face) in a state where air does not permeate the side faces of the flavor generating article 110.
  • the unit is generally expressed in mmH 2 O.
  • the rod-shaped flavor generating article 110 preferably has a columnar shape that satisfies an aspect ratio of 1 or more, as defined below.
  • Aspect ratio h/w w is the width of the bottom surface of the columnar body (in this specification, this is defined as the width of the bottom surface on the flavor generating section 220 side), and h is the height, and it is preferable that h ⁇ w.
  • the long axis direction is defined as the direction indicated by h. Therefore, even if w ⁇ h, the direction indicated by h will be referred to as the long axis direction for convenience.
  • the shape of the bottom surface is not limited and may be a polygon, a rounded polygon, a circle, an ellipse, or the like.
  • the width w is the diameter if the bottom surface is circular, the major axis if the bottom surface is elliptical, or the diameter of the circumscribing circle or the major axis of the circumscribing ellipse if the bottom surface is polygonal or rounded polygonal.
  • the length h of the flavor generating article 110 in the major axis direction is not particularly limited, and is, for example, usually 40 mm or more, preferably 45 mm or more, and more preferably 50 mm or more. Also, it is usually 100 mm or less, preferably 90 mm or less, and more preferably 80 mm or less.
  • the width w of the bottom surface of the columnar body of the flavor generating article 110 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, typically 5 mm or more, and preferably 5.5 mm or more. Also, it is typically 10 mm or less, preferably 9 mm or less, and more preferably 8 mm or less.
  • the ratio of the length of the hollow tube section 132 and the filter segment (the total length of the hollow filter section 240 and the filter plug 250) to the longitudinal length of the flavor generating article 110 (hollow tube section 132:filter segment) is not particularly limited, but from the standpoint of the amount of flavor delivered and the appropriate aerosol temperature, it is usually 0.60-1.40:0.60-1.40, preferably 0.80-1.20:0.80-1.20, more preferably 0.85-1.15:0.85-1.15, even more preferably 0.90-1.10:0.90-1.10, and particularly preferably 0.95-1.05:0.95-1.05.
  • the length ratio of the hollow tube section 132 and the filter segment (hollow filter section 240 and filter plug 250) within the above range, it is possible to achieve the following effects: a cooling effect; suppressing losses due to adhesion of the generated steam and aerosol to the inner wall of the hollow tube section 132; and providing a good and strong flavor by balancing the filter's air volume and flavor adjustment functions.
  • the aerosol and the like are promoted to break down into particles, resulting in a good flavor, but if it is too long, the substances passing through will adhere to the inner wall.
  • the flavor generating section 220 is disposed adjacent to the downstream of the tip plug 112.
  • the flavor generating section 220 includes a flavor source 221 and a cigarette paper 222 around which the flavor source 221 is wrapped.
  • the flavor generating section 220 may be of any known type, but is usually of a type in which the flavor source 221 is wrapped in the cigarette paper 222.
  • the flavor source 221 is wrapped in the cigarette paper 222 so that the flavor source 221 is on the inside to form the flavor generating section 220.
  • the flavor source 221 may include a tobacco filler.
  • the tobacco filler is not particularly limited, and may be a first tobacco filler or a second tobacco filler, which will be described later.
  • a molded product of dried tobacco such as tobacco shreds, tobacco sheets, and tobacco granules, which will be described later, may be simply referred to as "dried tobacco leaves".
  • the flavor generating section 220 may also have a fitting portion with a heat source 40 for heating the tobacco product.
  • the flavor generating section 220 which is formed by wrapping the flavor source 221 in wrapping paper 222, preferably has a columnar shape, and in this case, the aspect ratio represented by the height of the flavor generating section 220 in the major axis direction relative to the width of the bottom surface of the flavor generating section 220 is preferably 1 or more.
  • the shape of the bottom surface is not limited, and may be polygonal, rounded polygonal, circular, elliptical, etc.
  • the width of the bottom surface is the diameter if the bottom surface is circular, the major axis if the bottom surface is elliptical, and the diameter of the circumscribing circle or the major axis of the circumscribing ellipse if the bottom surface is polygonal or rounded polygonal.
  • the length of the flavor generating section 220 in the major axis direction can be changed as appropriate according to the size of the product, but is usually 10 mm or more, preferably 12 mm or more, and is usually 70 mm or less, preferably 50 mm or less, more preferably 30 mm or less, even more preferably 25 mm or less, and even more preferably 20 mm or less.
  • the ratio of the length of the flavor generating section 220 to the overall length of the flavor generating article 110 in the longitudinal direction is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of the balance between the delivery amount and the aerosol temperature, it is usually 10% or more, preferably 20% or more, and usually 80% or less, preferably 70% or less, more preferably 60% or less, even more preferably 50% or less, particularly preferably 45% or less, and most preferably 40% or less.
  • the amount of dried tobacco leaves contained in the flavor generating section 220 is not particularly limited, but may be 150 mg/rod part or more and 800 mg/rod part or less, and preferably 200 mg/rod part or more and 600 mg/rod part or less.
  • the material of the tobacco shreds contained in the first filling is not particularly limited, and known materials such as lamina and ribs can be used.
  • the tobacco shreds may be manufactured by grinding dried tobacco leaves to an average particle size of 20 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less to produce tobacco shreds, homogenizing the shredded tobacco, processing the shredded tobacco into a sheet, and shredding the homogenized sheet.
  • the tobacco shreds may be of the so-called strand type, in which a homogenized sheet having a length approximately equal to the longitudinal direction of the flavor generating section 220 is shredded approximately horizontally to the longitudinal direction of the flavor generating section 220 and filled into the cigarette paper 222.
  • the width of the tobacco shreds is preferably 0.5 mm or more and 2.0 mm or less in order to fill the cigarette paper 222.
  • Various kinds of tobacco can be used for the tobacco leaves used to prepare the tobacco shreds and homogenized sheet.
  • Examples include flue-cured tobacco, burley, orient, native tobacco, other Nicotiana tabacum varieties, Nicotiana rustica varieties, and mixtures of these.
  • the above varieties can be appropriately blended to achieve the desired flavor. Details of the tobacco varieties are disclosed in "Encyclopedia of Tobacco, Tobacco Research Center, March 31, 2009."
  • There are several conventional methods known for producing the homogenized sheet that is, for grinding tobacco leaves and processing them into a homogenized sheet.
  • the first method is to produce a paper-making sheet using a papermaking process.
  • the second method is to mix a suitable solvent such as water with the ground tobacco leaves to homogenize them, and then cast the homogenized mixture thinly on a metal plate or metal plate belt and dry it to produce a cast sheet.
  • the third method is to mix a suitable solvent such as water with the ground tobacco leaves to homogenize them, and extrude the mixture into a sheet to produce a rolled sheet. Details of the types of homogenizing sheets mentioned above are disclosed in the "Encyclopedia of Tobacco, Tobacco Research Center, March 31, 2009."
  • the moisture content of the tobacco filling is, for example, 10% by weight or more and 15% by weight or less, and preferably 11% by weight or more and 13% by weight or less, based on the total amount of the tobacco filling. Such a moisture content suppresses the occurrence of rolling stains and improves the suitability of the flavor generating unit 220 for rolling during manufacture.
  • dried tobacco leaves may be crushed to an average particle size of about 20 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m, homogenized, processed into a sheet, and the sheet may be shredded to a width of 0.5 mm to 2.0 mm for use in the first tobacco filling.
  • the first tobacco filling may contain an aerosol base material that generates an aerosol.
  • the type of aerosol base material is not particularly limited, and various extracts from natural products and/or their components can be selected depending on the application.
  • Examples of aerosol base materials include glycerin, propylene glycol, triacetin, 1,3-butanediol, and mixtures thereof.
  • the content of the aerosol base material in the first tobacco filling is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of generating sufficient aerosol and imparting a good flavor, it is usually 5% by weight or more, preferably 10% by weight or more, and usually 50% by weight or less, preferably 15% by weight or more and 25% by weight or less, based on the total amount of the tobacco filling.
  • the first tobacco filling may contain a flavoring.
  • the type of flavoring is not particularly limited, and examples of flavorings from the viewpoint of imparting a good flavor include acetanisole, acetophenone, acetylpyrazine, 2-acetylthiazole, alfalfa extract, amyl alcohol, amyl butyrate, trans-anethole, star anise oil, apple juice, Peru balsam oil, beeswax absolute, benzaldehyde, benzoin resinoid, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, benzyl phenylacetate, benzyl propionate, 2,3-butanedione, 2-butanol, butyl butyrate, butyric acid, caramel, cardamom oil, carob oil, and the like.
  • the content of the flavoring in the first tobacco filling is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of imparting a good flavor, it is usually 10,000 ppm or more, preferably 20,000 ppm or more, more preferably 25,000 ppm or more, and is usually 70,000 ppm or less, preferably 50,000 ppm or less, more preferably 40,000 ppm or less, and even more preferably 33,000 ppm or less.
  • the filling density of the first tobacco filling material is not particularly limited, but from the standpoint of ensuring the performance of the flavor generating article 110 and imparting a good flavor, it is usually 250 mg/ cm3 or more, preferably 300 mg/ cm3 or more, and usually 400 mg/ cm3 or less, preferably 350 mg/ cm3 or less.
  • the second tobacco filling is composed of a tobacco sheet filled into the filling (e.g., cigarette paper 222).
  • the number of tobacco sheets may be one or more.
  • a filling mode (so-called gathered sheet) in which a tobacco sheet with one side having a length approximately equal to the longitudinal direction of the filling is folded multiple times along folds approximately parallel to the longitudinal direction of the filling is included.
  • Another example of the above mode is a mode in which a tobacco sheet with one side having a length approximately equal to the longitudinal direction of the filling is filled in a state where it is wound around the longitudinal axis of the filling.
  • the second tobacco filling is composed of two or more tobacco sheets
  • a plurality of tobacco sheets one side of which has a length approximately equal to the longitudinal direction of the filling
  • "Arranged concentrically" means that all of the tobacco sheets are arranged so that their centers are in approximately the same position.
  • the number of tobacco sheets is not particularly limited, but examples include two, three, four, five, six, or seven.
  • the two or more tobacco sheets may all have the same composition or physical properties, or some or all of the tobacco sheets may have different compositions or physical properties.
  • the thickness of each tobacco sheet may be the same or different.
  • the second tobacco filler can be manufactured by preparing a plurality of tobacco sheets of different widths, stacking them so that the width decreases from the bottom to the top, and passing this through a rolling tube to roll and shape it.
  • the plurality of tobacco sheets extend in the longitudinal direction and are arranged concentrically around the longitudinal axis.
  • a fitting portion extending in the longitudinal direction may also be formed between the longitudinal axis and the innermost tobacco sheet.
  • the laminate is preferably prepared so that a non-contact portion is formed between adjacent tobacco sheets after rolling. If there is a non-contact portion (gap) between multiple tobacco sheets where the tobacco sheets do not contact, a flavor flow path can be secured and the delivery efficiency of the flavor components can be improved. On the other hand, heat from the heater can be transferred to the outer tobacco sheet through the contact portion of the multiple tobacco sheets, so that high heat transfer efficiency can be secured.
  • a method of using an embossed tobacco sheet for example, a method of laminating adjacent tobacco sheets without bonding the entire surfaces of the sheets, a method of laminating adjacent tobacco sheets by bonding parts of the sheets, or a method of preparing a laminate by laminating adjacent tobacco sheets by lightly bonding the entire surfaces or parts of the sheets so that they can be peeled off after rolling.
  • the cigarette paper 222 may be placed at the bottom of the laminate.
  • a cylindrical dummy such as a mandrel can be placed on the top of the laminate to form the second tobacco filler, and then the dummy can be removed to form the fitting portion.
  • the filling density of the second tobacco filling material is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of ensuring the performance of the flavor generating article 110 and imparting a good flavor, it is usually 250 mg/ cm3 or more, preferably 300 mg/ cm3 or more, and usually 400 mg/ cm3 or less, preferably 350 mg/ cm3 or less.
  • the tobacco sheet may contain an aerosol base material that generates an aerosol when heated.
  • An aerosol source such as glycerin, propylene glycol, or a polyol such as 1,3-butanediol is added as the aerosol base material.
  • the amount of the aerosol base material added is preferably 5% by weight or more and 50% by weight or less, and more preferably 15% by weight or more and 25% by weight or less, based on the dry weight of the tobacco sheet.
  • Tobacco sheets can be appropriately manufactured by known methods such as papermaking, slurrying, rolling, etc.
  • the homogenized sheet described in the first tobacco filling material can also be used.
  • papermaking it can be manufactured by a method including the following steps: 1) Dried tobacco leaves are roughly crushed and extracted with water to separate them into a water extract and a residue. 2) The water extract is dried under reduced pressure and concentrated. 3) Pulp is added to the residue, which is then fiberized in a refiner and made into paper. 4) The concentrated water extract is added to the paper-made sheet and dried to obtain a tobacco sheet. In this case, a step of removing some of the components such as nitrosamines may be added (see JP2004-510422A).
  • the slurry method it can be manufactured by a method including the following steps: 1) Water, pulp, and binder are mixed with crushed tobacco leaves. 2) The mixture is thinly spread (cast) and dried. In this case, a step may be added in which a slurry of water, pulp, binder, and crushed tobacco leaves is irradiated with ultraviolet light or X-rays to remove some of the components, such as nitrosamines.
  • a nonwoven tobacco sheet can be used that is manufactured by a method including the following steps: 1) Mixing powdered tobacco leaves with a binder. 2) Sandwiching the mixture between nonwoven fabrics. 3) Forming the laminate into a certain shape by thermal welding to obtain a nonwoven tobacco sheet.
  • the raw tobacco leaves used in each of the above methods can be of the same type as those described for the first filling material.
  • the composition of the tobacco sheet is not particularly limited, but for example, the content of tobacco raw material (tobacco leaves) is preferably 50% by weight or more and 95% by weight or less based on the total weight of the tobacco sheet.
  • the tobacco sheet may also contain a binder, and examples of such binders include guar gum, xanthan gum, CMC (carboxymethylcellulose), CMC-Na (sodium salt of carboxymethylcellulose), etc.
  • the amount of binder is preferably 1% by weight or more and 10% by weight or less based on the total weight of the tobacco sheet.
  • the tobacco sheet may further contain other additives. Examples of additives include fillers such as pulp.
  • multiple tobacco sheets are used, and the tobacco sheets may all have the same composition or physical properties, or some or all of the tobacco sheets may have different compositions or physical properties.
  • each tobacco sheet there are no restrictions on the thickness of each tobacco sheet, but in terms of the balance between heat transfer efficiency and strength, a thickness of 150 ⁇ m or more and 1000 ⁇ m or less is preferable, and a thickness of 200 ⁇ m or more and 600 ⁇ m or less is even more preferable.
  • the thicknesses of each tobacco sheet may be the same or different.
  • the flavor generating section 220 may contain dried tobacco leaves (dried tobacco leaves) and a flavor-containing material in which a flavor is encapsulated in a polysaccharide gel.
  • the flavor-containing material is a material in which a flavor is encapsulated in a polysaccharide gel, and by incorporating the flavor-containing material in the flavor generating section 220, the variation in the amount of flavor delivered per puff is suppressed from the early to late stages of smoking, and a good flavor can be continuously obtained.
  • the inventors speculate that the reason for this is as follows. First, the flavor generating article 110 is inserted into the flavor inhaler 120 shown in FIG. 1 and smoking is started after a certain period of preheating.
  • a flavor is directly incorporated into the flavor generating section 220, the flavor volatilizes during preheating and most of it is delivered in the early stages of smoking, so it is thought that the amount of flavor delivered in the later stages of smoking will be insufficient.
  • the flavor is coated with a polysaccharide gel, which suppresses the flavor from evaporating during preheating and gradually releases the flavor during smoking. Therefore, it is assumed that a sufficient amount of flavor can be delivered even in the later stages of smoking.
  • fragrances from the viewpoint of imparting a good fragrance tone include acetanisole, acetophenone, acetylpyrazine, 2-acetylthiazole, alfalfa extract, amyl alcohol, amyl butyrate, trans-anethole, star anise oil, apple juice, Peru balsam oil, beeswax absolute, benzaldehyde, benzoin resinoid, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, benzyl phenylacetate, benzyl propionate, 2,3-butanedione, 2-butanol, butyl butyrate, butyric acid, caramel, cardamom oil, carob absolute, etc.
  • the amount of flavoring contained in the flavoring-containing material varies depending on the type of flavoring, the type of polysaccharide, etc., but is usually 18% by mass or more, preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and is usually 90% by mass or less, preferably 80% by mass or less.
  • polysaccharides are preferred in that they gel simply by heating to 30°C to 90°C in an aqueous solution, so no gelling agent such as metal chlorides is required when preparing the flavor-containing material, and they do not generate undesirable components in the mainstream smoke during smoking, such as decomposition products of chlorides.
  • the fragrance-containing material may contain an emulsifier used to emulsify the raw materials during preparation.
  • an emulsifier used to emulsify the raw materials during preparation.
  • emulsifier there are no particular limitations on the type of emulsifier, and examples include lecithin, glycerin fatty acid esters, polyglycerin fatty acid esters, sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, propylene glycol fatty acid esters, and sucrose fatty acid esters, with lecithin being preferred.
  • lecithin being preferred.
  • These emulsifiers may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
  • the method for preparing the fragrance-containing material is not particularly limited, and the material can be prepared by a method similar to a known method. Known methods include those described in WO 2011/118040, JP 2013-099349, WO 2012/118034, etc. More specifically, the fragrance-containing material can be prepared, for example, by a method including the following steps (i) and (ii).
  • the content of the flavor-containing material in the flavor generating section 220 depends on the content of the flavor in the flavor-containing material, but is usually 1% by mass or more, preferably 5% by mass or more, and usually 20% by mass or less, preferably 10% by mass or less, based on the dried tobacco leaves.
  • the flavor generating section 220 contains the flavor-containing material such that the content of the flavor contained in the flavor-containing material is usually 1 mg or more, preferably 5 mg or more, more preferably 10 mg or more, and usually 30 mg or less, preferably 20 mg or less.
  • the content of the flavor-containing material in the flavor generating section 220 within the above range, not only can a good flavor tone be imparted, but also the variation in the amount of flavor delivered per puff can be suppressed from the early to late stages of smoking, and a sufficient amount of delivery can be ensured in all stages of smoking, from the early to late stages.
  • the manner in which the flavor-containing material is blended into the flavor generating section 220 is not particularly limited, and the flavor-containing material may be disposed inside and/or outside the cigarette paper 222 that wraps the flavor source 221, the cigarette paper 222 may be impregnated with the flavor-containing material, or the flavor-containing material may be blended into the tobacco filler.
  • the emulsion slurry may be applied to the cigarette paper 222, or the emulsion slurry may be sequentially cast onto a substrate and dried to form a flavor-containing sheet, and the flavor source 221 may be wrapped together with the cigarette paper.
  • the cigarette paper 222 impregnated with the flavor-containing material may be produced by impregnating the cigarette paper 222 with the emulsion slurry and drying it.
  • the emulsion slurry may be applied to or impregnated into dried tobacco leaves, or the flavor-containing sheet or its shredded or crushed material may be mixed with dried tobacco.
  • the flavor source 221 may be block-shaped or may be cylindrical, for example.
  • a gap may be formed inside the flavor source 221, extending in the direction in which the flavor source 221 and the tip plug 112 are adjacent to each other.
  • the flavor source 221 is located outside the flavor generating article 110, and the gap is located inside the flavor source 221, so that when the flavor generating article 110 is heated from the outside in the flavor inhaler 120, the flavor source 221 can be heated efficiently.
  • the flavor source 221 when using a flavor inhaler 120 that heats the flavor generating article 110 from the outside, the flavor source 221 is not disposed inside the flavor generating article 110, which is a position where heat is not easily transmitted and does not easily contribute to the generation of steam or aerosol, so that the amount of the flavor source 221 can be saved while suppressing a decrease in the amount of steam or aerosol.
  • the cylindrical flavor source 221 may be formed, for example, by rolling a sheet-like flavor source 221 into a cylindrical shape.
  • the configuration of the cigarette paper 222 used in the flavor generating product 110 is not particularly limited and can be of a general type.
  • the cigarette paper can be mainly composed of pulp.
  • Pulp can be wood pulp such as softwood pulp or hardwood pulp, flax pulp, hemp pulp, sisal pulp, esparto, or other pulp generally used for cigarette paper for tobacco products, and the cigarette paper can be obtained by papermaking one or more of these pulps. These pulps can be used alone or in combination of multiple types in any ratio.
  • Pulp can be chemical pulp obtained by kraft cooking, acidic/neutral/alkaline sulfite cooking, soda salt cooking, ground pulp, chemi-ground pulp, thermomechanical pulp, etc.
  • the above pulp can be used in a papermaking process using a Fourdrinier papermaking machine, a cylinder papermaking machine, or a combined cylinder/cylinder papermaking machine to produce a wrapping paper with a uniform texture.
  • a wet strength agent can be added to the wrapping paper to impart water resistance, or a sizing agent can be added to adjust the printing condition of the wrapping paper.
  • a papermaking internal additive and a papermaking additive can be added to the wrapping paper.
  • the papermaking internal additive can include, for example, aluminum sulfate, various anionic, cationic, nonionic, or amphoteric retention improvers, drainage improvers, and paper strength enhancers.
  • the papermaking additive can include, for example, dyes, pH adjusters, defoamers, pitch control agents, slime control agents, and the like.
  • the basis weight of the base paper of the wrapping paper is, for example, usually 30 gsm or more, preferably 35 gsm or more. On the other hand, the above basis weight is usually 70 gsm or less, preferably 50 gsm or less, and more preferably 45 gsm or less.
  • the thickness of the wrapping paper having the above characteristics is not particularly limited, and is preferably 40 ⁇ m or more from the viewpoints of rigidity, breathability, and ease of adjustment during papermaking, and is usually 100 ⁇ m or less, preferably 75 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 60 ⁇ m or less.
  • the wrapping paper of the flavor-generating product 110 may have a square or rectangular shape.
  • the length of one side of the wrapping paper 222 may be about 12 mm to 70 mm, and the length of the other side (the side connected to the above side) may be 15 mm to 28 mm, preferably 22 mm to 24 mm, and more preferably about 23 mm.
  • the end of the wrapping paper 222 in the width direction and the end on the opposite side can be overlapped by about 2 mm and glued together.
  • the size of the rectangular wrapping paper 222 can be determined depending on the size of the flavor generating unit 220. In the case of wrapping paper that connects and wraps the flavor generating unit 220 and other components adjacent to the flavor generating unit 220, the length of one side can be 20 mm to 60 mm, and the length of the other side (the side connected to the above side) can be 15 mm to 28 mm.
  • the wrapping paper may contain a filler.
  • the content of the filler may be 10% by weight or more and less than 60% by weight, and preferably 15% by weight or more and 45% by weight or less, based on the total weight of the wrapping paper.
  • the filler is preferably 15% by weight or more and 45% by weight or less.
  • the filler is preferably 25% by weight or more and 45% by weight or less.
  • the filler calcium carbonate, titanium dioxide, kaolin, etc. can be used, but it is preferable to use calcium carbonate from the viewpoint of enhancing flavor and whiteness, etc.
  • auxiliary agents other than the base paper and fillers may be added to the wrapping paper.
  • a water resistance improver may be added to the wrapping paper to improve water resistance.
  • the water resistance improver may include a wet strength agent (WS agent) and a sizing agent.
  • the wet strength agent may include, for example, urea formaldehyde resin, melamine formaldehyde resin, polyamide epichlorohydrin (PAE), etc.
  • PAE polyamide epichlorohydrin
  • the sizing agent may include, for example, rosin soap, alkyl ketene dimer (AKD), alkenyl succinic anhydride (ASA), and highly saponified polyvinyl alcohol with a saponification degree of 90% or more.
  • a paper strength agent may be added to the wrapping paper as an auxiliary agent.
  • the paper strength agent may include, for example, polyacrylamide, cationic starch, oxidized starch, CMC, polyamide epichlorohydrin resin, polyvinyl alcohol, etc.
  • a coating agent may be added to at least one of the front and back surfaces of the wrapping paper.
  • a coating agent that can form a film on the surface of the paper and reduce liquid permeability is preferred.
  • coating agents include alginic acid and its salts (e.g., sodium salts), polysaccharides such as pectin, cellulose derivatives such as ethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, and nitrocellulose, starch and its derivatives (e.g., ether derivatives such as carboxymethyl starch, hydroxyalkyl starch, and cationic starch, and ester derivatives such as starch acetate, starch phosphate, and starch octenyl succinate).
  • alginic acid and its salts e.g., sodium salts
  • polysaccharides such as pectin
  • cellulose derivatives such as ethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, and nitrocellulose
  • the tip plug 112 is located at the tip of the flavor generating article 110 and is configured to cover the end of the flavor source 221. This prevents the flavor source 221 from falling out of the flavor generating article 110.
  • the tip plug 112 includes a first filter material 211 and a first inner plug wrap 212 that wraps the first filter material 211.
  • the tip plug 112 may further include an aerosol source supported by the first filter material 211.
  • the length of the tip plug 112 in the longitudinal direction may be 1 mm or more, preferably 3 mm or more, more preferably 5 mm or more, and may be 10 mm or less, preferably 8 mm or less.
  • the tip plug 112 can be manufactured to a predetermined length and then cut to any length. If the tip plug 112 is less than 1 mm long, it may not be able to maintain its shape when cut, and there is a risk of deformation, such as crushing. If the length of the tip plug 112 in the longitudinal direction is 1 mm or more, the tip plug 112 can be manufactured relatively easily.
  • the material of the first inner plug wrap 212 is not particularly limited, and any known material can be used.
  • the first inner plug wrap 212 may contain a filler such as calcium carbonate.
  • the thickness of the first inner plug wrap 212 is not particularly limited, and is usually 20 ⁇ m to 140 ⁇ m, preferably 30 ⁇ m to 130 ⁇ m, and more preferably 30 ⁇ m to 120 ⁇ m.
  • the basis weight of the first inner plug wrap 212 is not particularly limited, and is usually 20 gsm to 100 gsm, preferably 22 gsm to 95 gsm, and more preferably 23 gsm to 90 gsm.
  • the first inner plug wrap 212 may be coated or uncoated, but is preferably coated with a desired material from the viewpoint of imparting functions other than strength and structural rigidity.
  • the flavor generating article 110 preferably has a downstream section 130 disposed downstream of the flavor source 221.
  • the downstream section 130 can cool and filter the vapor or aerosol generated in the flavor source 221.
  • the downstream section 130 preferably includes a filter plug 250. This allows the filter plug 250 to cool and filter the vapor or aerosol generated in the flavor source.
  • the filter plug 250 is located at the end of the flavor generating article 110 on the mouth side.
  • the filter plug 250 includes a second filter material 251 and a second inner plug wrap 252 around which the second filter material 251 is wrapped.
  • the filter material used for the second filter material 251 is not particularly limited as long as it has a general filter function.
  • General functions of a filter include, for example, adjusting the amount of air mixed in when inhaling aerosols, reducing flavor, and reducing nicotine and tar, but it is not necessary for the filter material used for the second filter material 251 to have all of these functions.
  • electrically heated tobacco products which tend to generate fewer components and have a lower tobacco filler filling rate compared to cigarette products, one of the important functions is to suppress the filtering function while preventing the tobacco filler from falling.
  • the shape of the filter plug 250 in a cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction is substantially circular.
  • the diameter of the circle can be changed as appropriate to suit the size of the product, but is usually 4.0 mm to 9.0 mm, preferably 4.5 mm to 8.5 mm, and more preferably 5.0 mm to 8.0 mm. If the cross section of the filter plug 250 is not circular, the above diameter applies to the diameter of a circle having the same area as the area of the cross section.
  • the circumference of the filter plug 250 in a cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction can be changed as appropriate to suit the size of the product, but is usually 14.0 mm or more and 27.0 mm or less, preferably 15.0 mm or more and 26.0 mm or less, and more preferably 16.0 mm or more and 25.0 mm or less.
  • the length of the filter plug 250 in the longitudinal direction can be changed as appropriate to suit the size of the product, but is usually 15 mm to 35 mm, preferably 17.5 mm to 32.5 mm, and more preferably 20.0 mm to 30.0 mm.
  • the shape and dimensions of the filter medium used in the second filter medium 251 can be adjusted as appropriate so that the shape and dimensions of the filter plug 250 are within the above ranges.
  • the airflow resistance per 120 mm of the filter plug 250 in the longitudinal direction is not particularly limited, but is usually 40 mmH 2 O to 300 mmH 2 O, preferably 70 mmH 2 O to 280 mmH 2 O, and more preferably 90 mmH 2 O to 260 mmH 2 O.
  • the airflow resistance is measured according to the ISO standard method (ISO6565), for example, using a filter airflow resistance measuring device manufactured by Cerulean Co., Ltd.
  • the airflow resistance of the filter plug refers to the air pressure difference between the first end face and the second end face when air is flowed at a predetermined air flow rate (17.5 cc/sec) from one end face (first end face) to the other end face (second end face) in a state in which air does not pass through the side face of the filter plug.
  • the unit is generally expressed in mmH 2 O. It is known that the relationship between the airflow resistance of a filter plug and its length is proportional within the length range typically used (5 mm to 200 mm), and if the length is doubled, the airflow resistance of the filter plug 250 doubles.
  • the filter medium constituting the second filter medium 251 of the filter plug 250 may be, for example, one manufactured by the manufacturing method described below, or a commercially available product.
  • the form of the filter plug 250 is not particularly limited, and it may be a plain filter including a single filter segment, or a multi-segment filter including multiple filter segments, such as a dual filter or triple filter.
  • the filter plug 250 can be manufactured by a known method. For example, when synthetic fibers such as cellulose acetate tow are used as the material for the second filter medium 251, the filter plug 250 can be manufactured by spinning a polymer solution containing a polymer and a solvent and then shrinking the polymer solution. For example, the method described in International Publication No. 2013/067511 can be used as the method. In manufacturing the filter plug 250, the air resistance and the additives added to the second filter medium 251 (known adsorbents and fragrances (e.g., menthol), granular activated carbon, fragrance retention materials, etc.) can be appropriately designed.
  • adsorbents and fragrances e.g., menthol
  • granular activated carbon e.g., menthol
  • the form of the second filter material 251 constituting the filter plug 250 is not particularly limited, and a known form may be adopted.
  • cellulose acetate tow processed into a cylindrical shape can be used as the second filter material 251.
  • the single thread fineness and total fineness of the cellulose acetate tow are not particularly limited, but in the case of a filter plug 250 with a circumference of 22 mm, the single thread fineness is preferably 5 g/9000 m or more and 12 g/9000 m or less, and the total fineness is preferably 12000 g/9000 m or more and 35000 g/9000 m or less.
  • Examples of the cross-sectional shape of the fibers of the cellulose acetate tow include circular, elliptical, Y-shaped, I-shaped, and R-shaped.
  • a filter filled with cellulose acetate tow 5% by weight or more and 10% by weight or less of triacetin may be added to the cellulose acetate tow weight to improve the filter hardness.
  • a paper filter filled with sheet-like pulp paper may be used instead of the acetate filter.
  • the density of the second filter medium 251 is not particularly limited, but is usually 0.10 g/cm 3 or more and 0.25 g/cm 3 or less, preferably 0.11 g/cm 3 or more and 0.24 g/cm 3 or less, and more preferably 0.12 g/cm 3 or more and 0.23 g/cm 3 or less.
  • the filter plug 250 may include a second inner plug wrap 252 (wrap paper) around which the second filter medium 251 described below is wrapped, from the viewpoint of improving strength and structural rigidity.
  • the form of the second inner plug wrap 252 is not particularly limited, and may include one or more rows of seams containing adhesive.
  • the adhesive is not particularly limited, but may include a vinyl acetate adhesive or a hot melt adhesive, and the hot melt adhesive may further include polyvinyl alcohol.
  • the second inner plug wrap 252 is wrapped around these two or more segments together.
  • the material of the second inner plug wrap 252 is not particularly limited, and may be a known material, and may contain a filler such as calcium carbonate.
  • the thickness of the second inner plug wrap 252 is not particularly limited, and is usually 20 ⁇ m to 140 ⁇ m, preferably 30 ⁇ m to 130 ⁇ m, and more preferably 30 ⁇ m to 120 ⁇ m.
  • the basis weight of the second inner plug wrap 252 is not particularly limited, and is usually 20 gsm to 100 gsm, preferably 22 gsm to 95 gsm, and more preferably 23 gsm to 90 gsm.
  • the second inner plug wrap 252 may be coated or uncoated, but is preferably coated with a desired material from the viewpoint of imparting functions other than strength and structural rigidity.
  • the hollow filter portion 240 and the filter plug 250 may be connected, for example, by an outer plug wrap 260 (outer wrapping paper).
  • the outer plug wrap 260 may be, for example, a cylindrical piece of paper.
  • the second filter medium 251 may include a crushable additive release container (e.g., a capsule) that includes a crushable shell such as gelatin.
  • a crushable additive release container e.g., a capsule
  • the form of the capsule also referred to in the art as an "additive release container”
  • a crushable additive release container that includes a crushable shell such as gelatin may be adopted.
  • a liquid or substance usually a flavoring agent
  • the capsule may have any shape, and may be, for example, a frangible capsule, and preferably has a spherical shape.
  • the additive contained in the capsule may include any of the additives described above, and preferably includes flavorings and activated carbon. One or more materials that help filter smoke may also be added as additives.
  • the additive may have any shape, and is usually a liquid or solid.
  • the use of capsules containing additives is well known in the art.
  • Frangible capsules and methods for producing them are well known in the art.
  • the flavoring may be, for example, menthol, spearmint, peppermint, fenugreek, clove, medium chain triglyceride (MCT), or the like.
  • the flavoring may be menthol, or menthol, or the like, or a combination thereof.
  • a flavoring may be added to the second filter material 251.
  • the amount of flavoring delivered during use is increased compared to the conventional technology of adding a flavoring to the tobacco filler that constitutes the tobacco rod.
  • the degree of increase in the amount of flavoring delivered is further increased depending on the position of the opening provided in the hollow tube portion 132 described below.
  • the amount of flavoring added to the second filter material 251 can be exemplified by adding the flavoring to 10 to 100% by volume of the second filter material 251.
  • the flavoring may be added to the second filter material 251 in advance before the filter segment is constructed, or after the filter cigarette is constructed.
  • the type of the flavoring is not particularly limited, and examples of flavorings from the viewpoint of imparting a good flavor include acetanisole, acetophenone, acetylpyrazine, 2-acetylthiazole, alfalfa extract, amyl alcohol, amyl butyrate, trans-anethole, star anise oil, apple juice, Peru balsam oil, beeswax absolute, benzaldehyde, benzoin resinoid, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, benzyl phenylacetate, benzyl propionate, 2,3-butanedione, 2-butanol, butyl butyrate, butyric acid, caramel, cardamom oil, carob oil, etc.
  • the filter plug 250 of this embodiment includes a second filter medium 251, and activated carbon may be added to at least a part of the second filter medium 251.
  • the amount of added activated carbon may be 15.0 m 2 /cm 2 or more and 80.0 m 2 /cm 2 or less as a value of the specific surface area of activated carbon ⁇ the weight of activated carbon / the cross - sectional area in the direction perpendicular to the airflow direction of the second filter medium 251 in one flavor generating article 110.
  • the above-mentioned "specific surface area of activated carbon ⁇ the weight of activated carbon / the cross-sectional area in the direction perpendicular to the airflow direction of the second filter medium 251" may be expressed as "the surface area of activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area”.
  • This surface area of activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area can be calculated based on the specific surface area of activated carbon added to the second filter medium 251 of one flavor generating article 110, the weight of the added activated carbon, and the cross-sectional area of the second filter medium 251.
  • activated carbon may not be uniformly dispersed in the filter medium to which it is added, and it is not required that the above range be satisfied in all cross sections (cross sections perpendicular to the air flow direction) of the filter medium.
  • the components generated by heating can be delivered to the user in a desired amount, and the user can be given a desired flavor sensation. If the surface area of the activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area is smaller than the lower limit of the above range, the effect of adding the activated carbon cannot be fully obtained. On the other hand, if the surface area of the activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area is larger than the upper limit of the above range, the components generated by heating are reduced more than necessary.
  • the surface area of the activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area is more preferably 17.0 m 2 /cm 2 or more, and even more preferably 35.0 m 2 /cm 2 or more. On the other hand, it is more preferably 77.0 m 2 /cm 2 or less, and even more preferably 73.0 m 2 /cm 2 or less.
  • the surface area of activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area can be adjusted, for example, by adjusting the specific surface area of the activated carbon, the amount of activated carbon added, and the cross-sectional area perpendicular to the air flow direction of the second filter medium 251.
  • the calculation of the surface area of activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area is based on the filter medium to which activated carbon has been added. If the filter plug 250 is made up of multiple filter mediums, the cross-sectional area and length of only the filter medium to which activated carbon has been added are used as the basis.
  • activated carbon examples include those made from raw materials such as wood, bamboo, coconut shells, walnut shells, and coal.
  • Activated carbon that can be used in this embodiment has a BET specific surface area of 1100 m 2 /g or more and 1600 m 2 /g or less, preferably 1200 m 2 /g or more and 1500 m 2 /g or less, and more preferably 1250 m 2 /g or more and 1380 m 2 /g or less.
  • the BET specific surface area can be determined by a nitrogen gas adsorption method (BET multipoint method).
  • the activated carbon that can be used in this embodiment has a pore volume of 400 ⁇ L/g or more and 800 ⁇ L/g or less, more preferably 500 ⁇ L/g or more and 750 ⁇ L/g or less, and even more preferably 600 ⁇ L/g or more and 700 ⁇ L/g or less.
  • the pore volume can be calculated from the maximum adsorption amount obtained using the nitrogen gas adsorption method.
  • the amount of activated carbon added per unit length in the air passage direction of the second filter medium 251 to which activated carbon has been added is preferably 5 mg/cm to 50 mg/cm, more preferably 8 mg/cm to 40 mg/cm, and even more preferably 10 mg/cm to 35 mg/cm.
  • the surface area of the activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area can be adjusted as desired.
  • the activated carbon usable in this embodiment preferably has a cumulative 10% by volume particle diameter (particle diameter D10) of 250 ⁇ m or more and 1200 ⁇ m or less.
  • the cumulative 50% by volume particle diameter (particle diameter D50) of the activated carbon particles is preferably 350 ⁇ m or more and 1500 ⁇ m or less.
  • D10 and D50 are measured by a laser diffraction scattering method.
  • An example of an apparatus suitable for this measurement is the laser diffraction/scattering type particle size distribution measuring apparatus "LA-950" manufactured by Horiba, Ltd. A powder is poured into the cell of this apparatus together with pure water, and the particle diameter is detected based on the light scattering information of the particles.
  • the measurement conditions using this apparatus are as follows.
  • Measurement mode Manual flow-mode cell
  • Measurement dispersion medium Ion-exchanged water Dispersion method: Measured after 1 minute of ultrasonic irradiation Refractive index: 1.92-0.00i (sample refractive index) / 1.33-0.00i (dispersion medium refractive index) Number of measurements: Measure twice using different samples
  • the filter plug 250 may be, for example, a commercially available product.
  • the form of the filter plug 250 is not particularly limited, and may be a filter including a single filter segment, or a multi-segment filter including multiple filter segments such as a dual filter or triple filter.
  • the second filter medium 251 to which activated carbon is added becomes the filter plug 250 as it is.
  • the second filter medium 251 made of the filter medium to which activated carbon is added is arranged upstream of the filter medium constituting the mouth end.
  • activated carbon may be added to the filter medium constituting the mouth end.
  • the length of the filter segment that is the basis for the amount of activated carbon added is the length of the filter medium to which activated carbon is added.
  • the amount of activated carbon added is, for example, 4.0 mg or more and 24.0 mg or less, preferably 4.5 mg or more and 23.0 mg or less, and more preferably 10.5 mg or more and 22.0 mg or less, in terms of weight relative to the entire filter segment.
  • the downstream section 130 may further include a hollow tube section 132 and a hollow filter section 240.
  • the hollow filter section 240 is disposed adjacent to the downstream side of the hollow tube section 132.
  • the hollow filter section 240 includes a third filter material 241 and a third inner plug wrap 242 around which the third filter material 241 is wrapped.
  • the third inner plug wrap 242 may be the same as the plug wrap used in cigarettes.
  • the third inner plug wrap 242 may be omitted.
  • the hollow filter section 240 may also be omitted.
  • the hollow filter section 240 may include a third filter medium 241 having one or more hollow portions, and a third inner plug wrap 242 that covers the third filter medium 241.
  • the hollow filter section 240 has a function of increasing the strength of the downstream section 130.
  • the third filter medium 241 can be, for example, a rod with an inner diameter of ⁇ 1.0 mm to ⁇ 5.0 mm, which is densely packed with cellulose acetate fibers and hardened by adding a plasticizer containing triacetin at 6% by mass to 20% by mass relative to the mass of cellulose acetate. Since the third filter medium 241 has a high fiber packing density, air and aerosols flow only through the hollow portions during inhalation, and hardly flow inside the third filter medium 241. Since the third filter medium 241 inside the hollow filter section 240 is a fiber-packed layer, the feel from the outside during use is unlikely to cause discomfort to the user.
  • the hollow filter section 240 may include a third inner plug wrap 242 (rolling paper) around which the third filter material 241 is wrapped, from the viewpoint of improving strength and structural rigidity.
  • the form of the third inner plug wrap 242 is not particularly limited, and may include one or more rows of seams containing adhesive.
  • the type of adhesive is not particularly limited, but may include a vinyl acetate adhesive or a hot melt adhesive.
  • the hot melt adhesive may include polyvinyl alcohol.
  • the hollow filter section 240 is made up of two or more segments, it is preferable that the third inner plug wrap 242 is wrapped around these two or more segments together.
  • the material of the third inner plug wrap 242 is not particularly limited, and may be a known material, and may contain a filler such as calcium carbonate.
  • the thickness of the third inner plug wrap 242 is not particularly limited, and is usually 20 ⁇ m to 140 ⁇ m, preferably 30 ⁇ m to 130 ⁇ m, and more preferably 30 ⁇ m to 120 ⁇ m.
  • the basis weight of the third inner plug wrap 242 is not particularly limited, and is usually 20 gsm to 100 gsm, preferably 22 gsm to 95 gsm, and more preferably 23 gsm to 90 gsm.
  • the third inner plug wrap 242 may be coated or uncoated, but is preferably coated with a desired material from the viewpoint of imparting functions other than strength and structural rigidity.
  • the hollow tube section 132 is sandwiched adjacent to the flavor generating section 220 and the hollow filter section 240 or the filter plug 250 (when the hollow filter section 240 is not present), and is usually a rod-shaped member with a cavity in which the circumferential cross section of the cylinder or the like is hollow (hollow).
  • the length of the long axis direction of the hollow tube section 132 can be changed appropriately according to the size of the product, but is usually 15 mm or more, preferably 20 mm or more, and is usually 40 mm or less, preferably 35 mm or less, and more preferably 30 mm or less.
  • the length of the long axis direction of the hollow tube section 132 By setting the length of the long axis direction of the hollow tube section 132 to the above lower limit or more, a sufficient cooling effect can be ensured to obtain a good flavor, and by setting it to the above upper limit or less, loss due to the generated steam and aerosol adhering to the inner wall of the hollow tube section 132 can be suppressed.
  • the total surface area of the hollow tube 132 is not particularly limited and can be, for example, 300 mm2 /mm or more and 1000 mm2 /mm or less. This surface area is the surface area per mm of the length in the air passage direction of the hollow tube 132.
  • the total surface area of the hollow tube 132 is preferably 400 mm2 /mm or more, more preferably 450 mm2 /mm or more, while it is preferably 600 mm2 /mm or less, and more preferably 550 mm2 /mm or less.
  • hollow tube 132 may be formed from a thin sheet of material that is wrinkled to form channels, and then pleated, gathered, and folded. The more folds or pleats there are in hollow tube 132, the greater the total surface area of hollow tube 132.
  • the thickness of the material from which hollow tube 132 is made is not particularly limited and may be, for example, 5 ⁇ m to 500 ⁇ m, or 10 ⁇ m to 250 ⁇ m.
  • the hollow tube section 132 may be provided with openings vf (also referred to as ventilation filters in this technical field) in the circumferential direction and concentrically.
  • the presence of the openings vf allows air to flow into the hollow tube section 132 from the outside during use, lowering the temperature of the components and air flowing in from the flavor generating section 220.
  • the openings vf may be provided in an area of 4 mm or more toward the hollow tube section 132 from the boundary between the hollow tube section 132 and the hollow filter section 240 or the filter plug 250 (when the hollow filter section 240 is not present).
  • the openings vf not only improve the cooling capacity of the hollow tube section 132, but also suppress the retention of components generated by heating in the hollow tube section 132, thereby improving the delivery amount of the components.
  • the vapor containing the aerosol base material and tobacco flavor components that is generated by heating the flavor generating article 110 comes into contact with air from the outside and is cooled, so that it is liquefied, facilitating the generation of the aerosol.
  • the opening group may be one or may be two or more.
  • the tipping paper 270 has an opening at a position directly above the opening vf provided in the hollow tube portion 132.
  • the region where the apertures vf exist is preferably a region of 4.5 mm or more from the boundary between the hollow tube section 132 and the hollow filter section 240 or the filter plug 250 (when the hollow filter section 240 is not present) toward the hollow tube section 132 side, more preferably a region of 5 mm or more, and even more preferably a region of 5.5 mm or more. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of ensuring the cooling function, the region where the apertures vf exist is preferably a region of 15 mm or less from the boundary toward the hollow tube section 132 side, more preferably a region of 10 mm or less, and even more preferably a region of 7 mm or less.
  • the region in which the apertures vf exist is preferably a region of 24 mm or more from the mouth end of the flavor generating article 110 toward the hollow tube portion 132, preferably a region of 24.5 mm or more, preferably a region of 25 mm or more, and more preferably a region of 25.5 mm or more. Also, from the viewpoint of ensuring a cooling function, the region in which the apertures vf exist is preferably a region of 35 mm or less from the mouth end of the flavor generating article 110 toward the hollow tube portion 132, more preferably a region of 30 mm or less, and even more preferably a region of 27 mm or less.
  • the region in which the openings vf exist is preferably a region of 5 mm or more from the boundary between the hollow tube section 132 and the flavor generating section 220 toward the hollow tube section 132 side, from the viewpoint of ensuring the cooling function, more preferably a region of 10 mm or more, and even more preferably a region of 13 mm or more.
  • the region in which the openings vf exist is preferably a region of 16 mm or less from the boundary between the hollow tube section 132 and the flavor generating section 220, more preferably a region of 15.5 mm or less, even more preferably a region of 15 mm or less, and especially preferably a region of 14.5 mm or less, from the viewpoint of improving the delivery of the components generated by heating.
  • the apertures vf can be set so that the air inflow rate from the apertures vf when inhaling at 17.5 ml/sec with an automatic smoking machine (the volumetric rate of air inflowing from the apertures vf when the volumetric rate of air inhaled from the mouth end is taken as 100%) is 10 to 90 volume percent, preferably 50 to 80 volume percent, and more preferably 55 to 75 volume percent.
  • Such an air inflow rate can be achieved, for example, by selecting the number of apertures vf per aperture group from the range of 5 to 50, and selecting the diameter of the apertures vf from the range of 0.1 to 0.5 mm.
  • the above air inflow rate can be measured using a roll measuring device (for example, SODIMAX d74/SODIM manufactured by S.A.S.) in accordance with a method conforming to ISO9512.
  • the configuration of the outer plug wrap 280 is not particularly limited and may be of a general type.
  • the outer plug wrap 280 may be mainly composed of pulp.
  • Pulp may be wood pulp such as softwood pulp or hardwood pulp, flax pulp, hemp pulp, sisal pulp, esparto, or other pulp generally used in cigarette paper for tobacco articles, and the outer plug wrap 280 is obtained by papermaking one or more of these pulps. These pulps may be used alone or in combination of multiple types in any ratio.
  • Pulp may be chemical pulp obtained by kraft cooking, acidic, neutral, or alkaline sulfite cooking, soda salt cooking, or the like, ground pulp, chemi-ground pulp, thermomechanical pulp, or the like.
  • the outer plug wrap 280 may be a commercially available product.
  • the shape of the outer plug wrap 280 is not particularly limited and may be, for example, square or rectangular.
  • the basis weight of the outer plug wrap 280 is not particularly limited, but is usually 20 gsm to 70 gsm, preferably 30 gsm to 50 gsm, and more preferably 34 gsm to 38 gsm.
  • the thickness of the outer plug wrap 280 is not particularly limited, but is usually 30 mm to 80 mm, preferably 33 mm to 50 mm, and more preferably 35 mm to 40 mm.
  • the air permeability of the outer plug wrap 280 is not particularly limited, but is usually 0 Coresta units or more and 30,000 Coresta units or less, and preferably more than 0 Coresta units and 10,000 Coresta units or less.
  • the air permeability is a value measured in accordance with ISO 2965:2009, and is expressed as the flow rate (cm 3 ) of gas passing through an area of 1 cm 2 per minute when the differential pressure between both sides of the paper is 1 kPa.
  • One Coresta unit (1 Coresta unit, 1 CU) is cm 3 /(min ⁇ cm 2 ) under 1 kPa.
  • the outer plug wrap 280 may contain a filler.
  • fillers include metal carbonates such as calcium carbonate and magnesium carbonate, metal oxides such as titanium oxide, titanium dioxide, and aluminum oxide, metal sulfates such as barium sulfate and calcium sulfate, metal sulfides such as zinc sulfide, quartz, kaolin, talc, diatomaceous earth, and gypsum. It is preferable that the outer plug wrap 280 contains calcium carbonate, particularly from the viewpoint of improving whiteness and opacity and increasing the heating rate. Moreover, these fillers may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
  • the outer plug wrap 280 may contain, for example, a water resistance improver.
  • the water resistance improver may include a wet strength agent (WS agent) and a sizing agent.
  • the wet strength agent may include, for example, urea formaldehyde resin, melamine formaldehyde resin, and polyamide epichlorohydrin (PAE).
  • the sizing agent may include, for example, rosin soap, alkyl ketene dimer (AKD), alkenyl succinic anhydride (ASA), and highly saponified polyvinyl alcohol with a saponification degree of 90% or more.
  • a coating agent may be added to at least one of the front and back surfaces of the outer plug wrap 280.
  • the coating agent There are no particular limitations on the coating agent, but a coating agent that can form a film on the surface of the paper and reduce liquid permeability is preferred.
  • the configuration of the tipping paper 270 is not particularly limited and may be a general embodiment.
  • the tipping paper 270 may be mainly composed of pulp.
  • pulp generally used for cigarette papers for tobacco articles, such as wood pulp such as softwood pulp or hardwood pulp, flax pulp, hemp pulp, sisal pulp, and esparto, may be used, and the tipping paper 270 is obtained by papermaking one or more of these pulps. These pulps may be used alone or in combination of multiple types in any ratio. Examples of pulp that can be used include chemical pulp produced by kraft cooking, acidic/neutral/alkaline sulfite cooking, and soda salt cooking, ground pulp, chemi-ground pulp, and thermomechanical pulp.
  • the tip paper 270 may be a commercially available product.
  • the shape of the tip paper 270 is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a square or a rectangle.
  • the flavor-generating article 110 may have one tip paper 270, or may have multiple tip papers 270.
  • the basis weight of the tipping paper 270 is not particularly limited, but is usually 32 gsm to 40 gsm, preferably 33 gsm to 39 gsm, and more preferably 34 gsm to 38 gsm.
  • the air permeability of the tipping paper 270 is not particularly limited, but is usually 0 Coresta units to 30,000 Coresta units, and preferably more than 0 Coresta units to 10,000 Coresta units.
  • the air permeability is a value measured in accordance with ISO 2965:2009, and is expressed as the flow rate (cm 3 ) of gas passing through an area of 1 cm 2 per minute when the differential pressure between both sides of the paper is 1 kPa.
  • 1 Coresta unit (1 Coresta unit, 1 C.U.) is cm 3 /(min ⁇ cm 2 ) under 1 kPa.
  • the chip paper 270 may contain a filler.
  • fillers include metal carbonates such as calcium carbonate and magnesium carbonate, metal oxides such as titanium oxide, titanium dioxide, and aluminum oxide, metal sulfates such as barium sulfate and calcium sulfate, metal sulfides such as zinc sulfide, quartz, kaolin, talc, diatomaceous earth, and gypsum. It is particularly preferable that the chip paper 270 contains calcium carbonate from the viewpoints of improving whiteness and opacity and increasing the heating rate. Furthermore, these fillers may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.
  • the chip paper 270 may contain, for example, a water resistance improver.
  • the water resistance improver may include a wet strength agent (WS agent) and a sizing agent.
  • the wet strength agent may include, for example, urea formaldehyde resin, melamine formaldehyde resin, and polyamide epichlorohydrin (PAE).
  • the sizing agent may be, for example, rosin soap, alkyl ketene dimer (AKD), alkenyl succinic anhydride (ASA), and highly saponified polyvinyl alcohol with a saponification degree of 90% or more.
  • a coating agent may be added to at least one of the front and back surfaces of the tipping paper 270.
  • the coating agent There are no particular limitations on the coating agent, but a coating agent that can form a film on the surface of the paper and reduce the permeability to liquids is preferred.
  • a part of the outer surface of the tipping paper 270 may be covered with a lip release material.
  • the lip release material means a material that helps the lips and the tipping paper 270 to easily separate without substantial adhesion when the user holds the mouthpiece of the flavor generating article 110 in the mouth.
  • the lip release material may contain, for example, ethyl cellulose or methyl cellulose.
  • the outer surface of the tipping paper 270 may be coated with the lip release material by applying an ethyl cellulose-based or methyl cellulose-based ink to the outer surface of the tipping paper 270.
  • the lip release material is provided at least in a predetermined mouthpiece area that comes into contact with the lips of the user when the user holds the mouthpiece in the mouth. More specifically, the lip release material may be provided on the outer surface of the tipping paper 270 between the mouthpiece end (the end of the filter plug 250) and the opening vf.
  • each element constituting the flavor generating article 110 will be described.
  • gaps are provided between the elements to make it easier to see how they are connected, but in the actual flavor generating article 110, as shown in FIG. 3, the elements are adjacent to each other without any gaps.
  • the five elements are connected using the outer plug wrap 280, the outer plug wrap 260, and the tipping paper 270.
  • the outer plug wrap 280 connects the tip plug 112, the flavor generating section 220, and the hollow tube section 132.
  • the outer plug wrap 280 is wrapped around the tip plug 112 and the flavor generating section 220 in their entirety, and a part of the hollow tube section 132.
  • This connected body is called the first connected body 285.
  • the outer plug wrap 260 connects the hollow filter section 240 and the filter plug 250 by wrapping them in their entirety.
  • This connecting body is called the second connecting body 265.
  • the tipping paper 270 connects the first connecting body 285 and the second connecting body 265.
  • the tipping paper 270 covers the entire second connecting body 265 and a part of the first connecting body 285, and exposes the first connecting body 285 at the upstream end.
  • the outer plug wrap 280 does not cover the downstream end of the hollow tube portion 132, exposing the hollow tube portion 132 at the downstream end, but may cover the downstream end of the hollow tube portion 132.
  • the outer plug wrap 280 has an opening immediately above the opening vf provided in the hollow tube portion 132.
  • the opening vf is provided so as to penetrate the tipping paper 270, the outer plug wrap 280, and the hollow tube portion 132.
  • FIG. 4 is an exploded perspective view of a flavor generating article 110 according to another embodiment.
  • the flavor generating article 110 shown in FIG. 4 differs from the flavor generating article 110 shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 only in the manner of connection.
  • the five components are connected using an outer plug wrap 280, an outer plug wrap 260, and tipping paper 270.
  • the outer plug wrap 280 connects the tip plug 112 and the flavor generating section 220 by wrapping them so as to cover them entirely.
  • This connection body is called a first connection body 285.
  • the outer plug wrap 260 connects the hollow filter section 240 and the filter plug 250 by wrapping them so as to cover them entirely.
  • connection body is called a second connection body 265.
  • the tipping paper 270 connects the first connection body 285, the hollow tube section 132, and the second connection body 265.
  • the tipping paper 270 covers the entire hollow tube portion 132 and the second connecting body 265, and a part of the first connecting body 285, and exposes the first connecting body 285 at the upstream end.
  • Five components may be connected in the form shown in FIG. 4.
  • the outer plug wrap 280 covers the flavor generating section 220 up to the downstream end, but the flavor generating section 220 may not be covered up to the downstream end of the flavor generating section 220 and may be exposed at the downstream end.
  • a part of the flavor generating article 110 may be exposed to the outside of the flavor inhaler 120.
  • all or a part of the second connecting body 265 shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 may be exposed to the outside of the flavor inhaler 120.
  • a part of the hollow tube section 132 shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 may be exposed to the outside of the flavor inhaler 120.
  • the opening vf formed in the hollow tube section 132 may be exposed to the outside of the flavor inhaler 120, or may be located inside the flavor inhaler 120 (upstream of the opening through which the flavor generating article 110 is inserted). It is preferable that the opening vf formed in the hollow tube section 132 is located inside the flavor inhaler 120, since the opening vf is less likely to be blocked by the user.
  • the flavor generating section 220 may have a first portion that overlaps with the heating source 40 of the flavor inhaler 120 along the longitudinal direction of the flavor generating article 110 when the flavor generating article 110 is accommodated in a desired position in the flavor inhaler 120, and a second portion that does not overlap with the heating source 40.
  • the longitudinal length of the first portion of the flavor generating section 220 is preferably 40% or more and 60% or less of the longitudinal length of the flavor generating section 220.
  • the longitudinal length of the flavor generating section 220 is preferably 10 mm or less.
  • the tip plug 112 has a new function not seen in the past.
  • the first filter material 211 of the tip plug 112 has a first portion 112a and a second portion 112b having a lower porosity than the first portion 112a.
  • the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b are arranged adjacent to each other in a cross section perpendicular to the direction (longitudinal direction) in which the flavor source 221 and the tip plug 112 are adjacent. This makes it possible to form a portion through which air can easily pass (first portion 112a) and a portion through which air cannot easily pass (second portion 112b) in the above cross section of the tip plug 112.
  • the tip plug 112 has a new function of allowing a large amount of air to pass to a desired position of the flavor source 221 located downstream of the tip plug 112, and as a result, the vapor or aerosol generated by the flavor source 221 can be delivered efficiently.
  • the "porosity" of the first portion 112a refers to the ratio of the entire cross-sectional area of the first portion 112a minus the cross-sectional area of the material constituting the first portion 112a (i.e., the void portion) to the entire cross-sectional area of the first portion 112a.
  • the "porosity" of the second portion 112b refers to the ratio of the entire cross-sectional area of the second portion 112b minus the cross-sectional area of the material constituting the second portion 112b (i.e., the void portion) to the entire cross-sectional area of the second portion 112b.
  • the first portion 112a is disposed around the second portion 112b in a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor source 221 and the tip plug 112 are adjacent.
  • air tends to flow more toward the outside than toward the center of the tip plug 112, so that, for example, when the flavor generating article 110 is heated from the outer periphery, more air can be made to flow toward the area of the flavor source 221 where the temperature is high, and vapor or aerosol can be generated and delivered efficiently.
  • the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b can be disposed at any position adjacent to each other in the cross section.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a flavor generating article 110 according to another embodiment.
  • FIG. 5(a) is a schematic side cross-sectional view of a flavor generating article 110 according to another embodiment.
  • FIG. 5(b) is a cross-sectional view taken along the arrows b-b in FIG. 5(a).
  • the second portion 112b is disposed around the first portion 112a.
  • the first portion 112a extends over the entire length of the tip plug 112 in the longitudinal direction.
  • the first portion 112a may extend over a portion of the longitudinal direction of the tip plug 112.
  • the first portion 112a may extend from one end face of the tip plug 112 close to the flavor source 221 toward the other end face of the tip plug 112 to the middle of the tip plug 112.
  • the first portion 112a may extend from the other end face (the tip of the flavor generating article 110) toward the one end face of the tip plug 112 close to the flavor source 221 to the middle of the tip plug 112.
  • the first portion 112a may extend between the one end face of the tip plug 112 close to the flavor source 221 and the other end face (the tip of the flavor generating article 110) so as not to be exposed from both end faces.
  • the second portion 112b may be additionally disposed adjacent to the first portion 112a in the direction in which the flavor source 221 and the tip plug 112 are adjacent (longitudinal direction).
  • the second portion 112b extends over the entire length of the tip plug 112 in the longitudinal direction.
  • the second portion 112b may extend over a portion of the longitudinal direction of the tip plug 112.
  • the second portion 112b may extend from one end face of the tip plug 112 close to the flavor source 221 toward the other end face of the tip plug 112 to the middle of the tip plug 112.
  • the second portion 112b may extend from the other end face (the tip of the flavor generating article 110) toward the one end face of the tip plug 112 close to the flavor source 221 to the middle of the tip plug 112.
  • the second portion 112b may extend between the one end face of the tip plug 112 close to the flavor source 221 and the other end face (the tip of the flavor generating article 110) so as not to be exposed from both end faces.
  • the first portion 112a may be additionally disposed adjacent to the second portion 112b in the direction in which the flavor source 221 and the tip plug 112 are adjacent (longitudinal direction).
  • the first portion 112a may have multiple paths 112c along the longitudinal direction. In this case, air can pass through the first portion 112a more easily.
  • the multiple paths 112c extend over the entire longitudinal length of the first portion 112a. However, the multiple paths 112c may extend over a portion of the longitudinal direction of the first portion 112a. In the example shown in FIG. 5, the first portion 112a may also have multiple paths 112c along the longitudinal direction.
  • the flavor source 221 includes an aerosol source.
  • the amount of aerosol generated by the flavor source 221 can be increased.
  • the aerosol source is preferably arranged so as to overlap with the first portion 112a when viewed from the direction in which the flavor source 221 and the tip plug 112 are adjacent (the longitudinal direction). In this case, it is possible to allow a large amount of air to flow through the area of the flavor source 221 where the aerosol source is arranged, and it is possible to efficiently generate and deliver vapor or aerosol.
  • the porosity of the first portion 112a is 70% or more and 90% or less, and the porosity of the second portion 112b is 20% or more and 70% or less. In this case, it is possible to create a sufficient difference in the amount of air flowing through the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b while allowing air to flow appropriately through the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b. If the porosity of the first portion 112a is more than 90%, there is a risk that too much air will flow through the first portion 112a. On the other hand, if the porosity of the second portion 112b is less than 20%, there is a risk that air will not substantially flow through the second portion 112b.
  • the ratio of the porosity of the first portion 112a to the porosity of the second portion 112b is preferably 1.5 or more and 4.5 or less. In this case, it is possible to create a sufficient difference in the amount of air flowing between the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b while allowing air to flow appropriately between the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b. If the ratio is less than 1.5, there is a risk that a sufficient difference in the amount of air flowing between the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b cannot be created.
  • the ratio is more than 4.5, there is a risk that the difference in the amount of air flowing between the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b becomes too large, causing too much air to flow into the first portion 112a or substantially no air to flow into the second portion 112b.
  • the density of the material constituting the first portion 112a is preferably 0.8 g/cm 3 or more and 1.2 g/cm 3 or less.
  • the first portion 112a when the first portion 112a is filled into the wrapping paper (e.g., the first inner plug wrap 212) constituting the flavor-generating article 110, the first portion 112a can be formed with a desired porosity higher than that of the second portion 112b. If the density is less than 0.8 g/cm 3 , the porosity of the first portion 112a may be too low, and if the density is more than 1.2 g/ cm 3 , the porosity of the first portion 112a may be too high.
  • the material constituting the first portion 112a is preferably a sheet material such as paper.
  • the first portion 112a may not include tobacco materials such as tobacco shreds or sheet tobacco.
  • the thickness of the sheet material is preferably 25 ⁇ m or more and 150 ⁇ m or less.
  • the first portion 112a may be formed by folding a sheet material such as paper.
  • the first portion 112a may be formed of a sheet material that is shaped into a corrugated plate shape and folded in the direction of the waves. When such a corrugated sheet material is folded in the direction of the waves so as to form a cylindrical shape as a whole, the first portion 112a is formed.
  • the first portion 112a may be formed with a plurality of paths 112c extending in the length direction of the first portion 112a across the upstream end and the downstream end. More specifically, the first portion 112a preferably includes crimped paper. In this case, the desired first portion 112a having a higher porosity than the second portion 112b can be formed with an inexpensive material.
  • the sheet material of the first portion 112a is preferably, for example, glassine paper, and the thickness of the sheet material is preferably 25 ⁇ m or more and 50 ⁇ m or less.
  • the form of the first portion 112a is not particularly limited to the above.
  • the first portion 112a may be formed by embossing a sheet material such as paper.
  • the thickness of the sheet material of the first portion 112a is preferably 80 ⁇ m or more and 150 ⁇ m or less. Although the thickness and density of the paper used as the first portion 112a have been described, these values refer to the values of the paper before it is subjected to a shaping process (for example, a process of pleating, etc.).
  • the density of the material constituting the second portion 112b is preferably 0.3 g/cm 3 or more and 0.5 g/cm 3 or less.
  • the second portion 112b when the second portion 112b is filled into the wrapping paper (e.g., the first inner plug wrap 212) constituting the flavor-generating article 110, the second portion 112b can be formed with a desired porosity lower than that of the first portion 112a. If the density is less than 0.3 g/cm 3 , the porosity of the second portion 112b may be too low, and if the density is more than 0.5 g/cm 3 , the porosity of the second portion 112b may be too high.
  • the material constituting the second portion 112b is preferably, for example, a sheet material such as thread, nonwoven fabric, or paper.
  • the second portion 112b does not need to include tobacco materials such as tobacco shreds or sheet tobacco.
  • the thickness of the sheet material is preferably 50 ⁇ m or more and 90 ⁇ m or less.
  • Such a second portion 112b may be formed by folding a sheet material such as paper.
  • the thickness of the nonwoven fabric is preferably 500 ⁇ m or more and 1300 ⁇ m or less. More specifically, the second portion 112b preferably includes thread, nonwoven fabric, or crimped paper.
  • the desired second portion 112b having a lower porosity than the first portion 112a can be formed from an inexpensive material.
  • thickness and density of the paper used for the second portion 112b have been described, these values refer to the values for the paper before it is subjected to a shaping process (e.g., a pleating process, etc.).
  • the proportion of the area occupied by the first portion 112a of the tip plug 112 is 45% or more and 95% or less.
  • the area of the first portion 112a, which has a relatively high porosity in the tip plug 112 can be increased, so that a large amount of air can be supplied to a relatively large area of the flavor source 221.
  • the aerosol source or nicotine or other components that are difficult to volatilize and may be contained in the flavor source 221 located corresponding to the first portion 112a can be efficiently delivered.
  • the amount of easily volatilized components (for example, menthol) delivered can be suppressed, and the components can be provided to the user even in the latter half of the smoking session.
  • the flavor source 221 located so as to correspond to the first portion 112a may be a portion of the flavor source 221 that overlaps with the first portion 112a when viewed from the longitudinal direction of the flavor generating article 110.
  • the flavor source 221 located so as to correspond to the second portion 112b may be a portion of the flavor source 221 that overlaps with the second portion 112b when viewed from the longitudinal direction of the flavor generating article.
  • a flavor generating article comprising: A flavor source; an upstream portion disposed upstream of the flavor source; The upstream portion has a first portion and a second portion having a lower porosity than the first portion, A flavor generating article, wherein the first portion and the second portion are disposed adjacent to each other in a cross section perpendicular to a direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent to each other.
  • a flavor generating article wherein the first portion is disposed around the second portion in a cross section perpendicular to a direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent to each other.
  • the flavor source comprises an aerosol source; The aerosol source is positioned so as to overlap the first portion when viewed in a direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent to each other.
  • a flavor generating article wherein a ratio of the porosity of the first portion to the porosity of the second portion is 1.5 or greater and 4.5 or less.
  • a flavor generating article wherein the density of the material constituting the first portion is 0.8 g/cm3 or more and 1.2 g/cm3 or less .
  • the flavor generating article, wherein the first portion comprises a crimped or embossed paper.
  • the first portion has a plurality of longitudinal paths.
  • a flavor generating article wherein the density of the material constituting the second portion is 0.3 g/cm3 or more and 0.5 g/ cm3 or less.
  • the flavor generating article, wherein the second portion comprises a thread, a nonwoven fabric, or a crimped paper.
  • a flavor generating article wherein in a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent to each other, the proportion of an area of the upstream portion occupied by the first portion is 45% or more and 95% or less.
  • Flavor generating article 112 Tip plug 112a: First portion 112b: Second portion 112c: Path 212: Flavor source

Landscapes

  • Manufacture Of Tobacco Products (AREA)

Abstract

This flavor-generating article comprises a flavor source and an upstream part disposed upstream of the flavor source. The upstream part has a first portion and a second portion having a lower porosity than the first portion. In a cross section orthogonal to the direction in which the flavor source and the upstream part are adjacent to each other, the first portion and the second portion are disposed adjacent to each other.

Description

香味発生物品Flavor-generating products

 本発明は、香味発生物品に関する。 The present invention relates to a flavor generating product.

 従来、材料の燃焼をすることなく香味等を吸引するための香味吸引器で用いられる香味発生物品が知られている。例えば、エアロゾルを発生するエアロゾル形成基材と、このエアロゾル形成基体の先端側(上流側)に配置されるプラグを有する香味発生物品が知られている(特許文献1参照)。  Conventionally, flavor generating articles are known that are used in flavor inhalers to inhale flavors without burning materials. For example, a flavor generating article is known that has an aerosol-forming base material that generates an aerosol, and a plug that is placed on the tip side (upstream side) of this aerosol-forming base material (see Patent Document 1).

特許第6227555号Patent No. 6227555

 特許文献1に開示されるプラグは、香味発生物品の取り扱い中にロッドの先端からエアロゾル形成基材が放出することを抑制することを目的に香味発生物品に設けられている。 The plug disclosed in Patent Document 1 is provided in the flavor-generating article for the purpose of suppressing the release of the aerosol-forming substrate from the tip of the rod during handling of the flavor-generating article.

 本発明の目的の一つは、更なる機能を有するプラグを備えた香味発生物品を提供することである。 One of the objects of the present invention is to provide a flavor generating article with a plug that has additional functions.

 第1態様によれば、香味発生物品が提供される。この香味発生物品は、香味源と、前記香味源の上流側に配置された上流部と、を備える。前記上流部は、第1部分と、前記第1部分よりも空隙率が低い第2部分と、を有する。前記香味源及び前記上流部が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、前記第1部分と前記第2部分は隣接して配置される。 According to a first aspect, a flavor generating article is provided. The flavor generating article includes a flavor source and an upstream portion disposed upstream of the flavor source. The upstream portion has a first portion and a second portion having a lower porosity than the first portion. In a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent to each other, the first portion and the second portion are disposed adjacent to each other.

 第1態様によれば、上流部の上記断面において、空気が通過しやすい部分(第1部分)と空気が通過し難い部分(第2部分)を形成することができる。このため、第1部分と第2部分の位置を調整することにより、上流部は、上流部の下流に位置する香味源の所望の位置に空気を多く通過させることができるという新たな機能を有し、その結果、香味源で発生する蒸気又はエアロゾルを効率よくデリバリすることができる。なお、本明細書において第1部分の「空隙率」とは、香味源及び上流部が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、第1部分の全体の断面積に対する、第1部分の全体の断面積から第1部分を構成する材料の断面積を除いた部分(即ち空隙部分)の割合をいう。同様に、本明細書において第2部分の「空隙率」とは、香味源及び上流部が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、第2部分の全体の断面積に対する、第2部分の全体の断面積から第2部分を構成する材料の断面積を除いた部分(即ち空隙部分)の割合をいう。 According to the first aspect, in the cross section of the upstream portion, a portion through which air easily passes (first portion) and a portion through which air does not easily pass (second portion) can be formed. Therefore, by adjusting the positions of the first portion and the second portion, the upstream portion has a new function of allowing a large amount of air to pass to a desired position of the flavor source located downstream of the upstream portion, and as a result, the vapor or aerosol generated in the flavor source can be efficiently delivered. In this specification, the "porosity" of the first portion refers to the ratio of the portion obtained by subtracting the cross-sectional area of the material constituting the first portion from the entire cross-sectional area of the first portion (i.e., the void portion) to the entire cross-sectional area of the first portion in a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent. Similarly, in this specification, the "porosity" of the second portion refers to the ratio of the portion obtained by subtracting the cross-sectional area of the material constituting the second portion from the entire cross-sectional area of the second portion (i.e., the void portion) to the entire cross-sectional area of the second portion in a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent.

 前記香味源及び前記上流部が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、前記第1部分は前記第2部分の周囲に配置されてもよい。 The first portion may be disposed around the second portion in a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent.

 この場合、上流部の中心よりも外側に空気が流れやすくなるので、例えば香味発生物品が外周側から加熱される場合、香味源の温度が高い領域に空気を多く流すことができ、蒸気又はエアロゾルの生成及びデリバリを効率よく行うことができる。 In this case, air tends to flow more toward the outside than toward the center of the upstream section, so for example, if the flavor-generating product is heated from the outer periphery, more air can flow toward the area where the flavor source temperature is high, allowing for efficient generation and delivery of vapor or aerosol.

 前記香味源及び前記上流部が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、前記第2部分は前記第1部分の周囲に配置されてもよい。 The second portion may be disposed around the first portion in a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent.

 この場合、上流部の中心が外側よりも空気が流れやすくなるので、例えば香味発生物品が内部から加熱される場合、香味源の温度が高い領域に空気を多く流すことができ、蒸気又はエアロゾルの生成及びデリバリを効率よく行うことができる。また、上流部の外側が中心よりも空隙率が低くなり、外側に空気が流れにくくなるので、ユーザが誤って香味発生物品に着火しようとしたときに、上流部が燃焼することを抑制することができる。 In this case, air flows more easily through the center of the upstream portion than through the outside, so for example, when the flavor-generating product is heated from the inside, more air can flow to the area where the temperature of the flavor source is high, allowing for efficient generation and delivery of vapor or aerosol. In addition, the outside of the upstream portion has a lower porosity than the center, making it more difficult for air to flow to the outside, which can prevent the upstream portion from burning if a user accidentally tries to ignite the flavor-generating product.

 前記香味源はエアロゾル源を含み、前記エアロゾル源は、前記香味源及び前記上流部が隣接する方向からみて前記第1部分と重なるように配置されてもよい。 The flavor source may include an aerosol source, and the aerosol source may be positioned so as to overlap the first portion when viewed in a direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent.

 この場合、香味源のエアロゾル源が配置される領域に空気を多く流すことができ、蒸気又はエアロゾルの生成及びデリバリを効率よく行うことができる。 In this case, more air can be circulated through the area where the flavor aerosol source is located, allowing for more efficient generation and delivery of vapor or aerosol.

 前記第1部分の空隙率は70%以上90%以下であり、前記第2部分の空隙率は20%以上70%以下であってもよい。 The porosity of the first portion may be 70% or more and 90% or less, and the porosity of the second portion may be 20% or more and 70% or less.

 この場合、第1部分と第2部分に適切に空気を流しながら、第1部分と第2部分とに流れる空気の量に十分な差を生じさせることができる。第1部分の空隙率が90%超であると、第1部分に空気が流れすぎる恐れがある。他方、第2部分の空隙率が20%未満であると、第2部分に空気が実質的に流れなくなる恐れがある。 In this case, it is possible to create a sufficient difference in the amount of air flowing through the first and second parts while allowing air to flow appropriately through the first and second parts. If the porosity of the first part is greater than 90%, there is a risk that too much air will flow through the first part. On the other hand, if the porosity of the second part is less than 20%, there is a risk that substantially no air will flow through the second part.

 前記第2部分の空隙率に対する前記第1部分の空隙率の比は、1.5以上4.5以下であってもよい。 The ratio of the porosity of the first portion to the porosity of the second portion may be greater than or equal to 1.5 and less than or equal to 4.5.

 この場合、第1部分と第2部分に適切に空気を流しながら、第1部分と第2部分とに流れる空気の量に十分な差を生じさせることができる。上記比が1.5未満であると、第1部分と第2部分とに流れる空気の量に十分な差を生じさせられない恐れがある。また、上記比が4.5超であると、1部分と第2部分とに流れる空気の量の差が大きくなりすぎて、第1部分に空気が流れすぎるか、或いは第2部分に空気が実質的に流れなくなる恐れがある。 In this case, it is possible to create a sufficient difference in the amount of air flowing through the first and second parts while allowing air to flow appropriately through the first and second parts. If the ratio is less than 1.5, there is a risk that a sufficient difference in the amount of air flowing through the first and second parts cannot be created. Also, if the ratio is more than 4.5, there is a risk that the difference in the amount of air flowing through the first and second parts becomes too large, causing too much air to flow through the first part or substantially no air to flow through the second part.

 前記第1部分を構成する材料の密度は、0.8g/cm以上1.2g/cm以下であってもよい。 The material constituting the first portion may have a density of 0.8 g/cm 3 or more and 1.2 g/cm 3 or less.

 この場合、香味発生物品を構成する巻紙に第1部分を充填したときに、第2部分より高い所望の空隙率の第1部分を形成することができる。上記密度が0.8g/cm未満であると、第1部分の空隙率が低くなりすぎる恐れがあり、上記密度が1.2g/cm超であると、第1部分の空隙率が高くなりすぎる恐れがある。 In this case, when the first portion is filled into the cigarette paper constituting the flavor-generating article, a first portion having a desired porosity higher than that of the second portion can be formed. If the density is less than 0.8 g/ cm3 , the porosity of the first portion may be too low, and if the density is more than 1.2 g/ cm3 , the porosity of the first portion may be too high.

 前記第1部分は、捲縮又はエンボス加工された紙を含んでもよい。 The first portion may include crimped or embossed paper.

 この場合、安価な材料で、第2部分より空隙率の高い所望の第1部分を形成することができる。 In this case, the desired first portion, which has a higher porosity than the second portion, can be formed using inexpensive materials.

 前記第1部分は、長手方向に沿った複数の経路を有してもよい。 The first portion may have multiple paths along the longitudinal direction.

 この場合、空気が第1部分をより通過しやすくなる。 In this case, air can pass through the first part more easily.

 前記第2部分を構成する材料の密度は、0.3g/cm以上0.5g/cm以下であってもよい。 The material constituting the second portion may have a density of 0.3 g/cm 3 or more and 0.5 g/cm 3 or less.

 この場合、香味発生物品を構成する巻紙に第2部分を充填したときに、第1部分より低い所望の空隙率の第2部分を形成することができる。上記密度が0.3g/cm未満であると、第2部分の空隙率が低くなりすぎる恐れがあり、上記密度が0.5g/cm超であると、第2部分の空隙率が高くなりすぎる恐れがある。 In this case, when the second portion is filled into the cigarette paper constituting the flavor-generating article, a second portion having a desired porosity lower than that of the first portion can be formed. If the density is less than 0.3 g/ cm3 , the porosity of the second portion may be too low, and if the density is more than 0.5 g/ cm3 , the porosity of the second portion may be too high.

 前記第2部分は、糸、不織布、又は捲縮された紙を含んでもよい。 The second portion may include yarn, nonwoven fabric, or crimped paper.

 この場合、安価な材料で、第1部分より空隙率の低い所望の第2部分を形成することができる。 In this case, the desired second part, which has a lower porosity than the first part, can be formed using inexpensive material.

 前記香味源及び前記上流部が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、前記上流部のうちの前記第1部分が占有する面積の割合は45%以上95%以下であってもよい。 In a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent to each other, the proportion of the area of the upstream portion occupied by the first portion may be 45% or more and 95% or less.

 この場合、上流部において空隙率が比較的高い第1部分の面積を高くすることができるので、香味源の比較的大きな面積に多くの空気を供給することができる。その結果、第1部分に対応するように位置する香味源に含まれ得る揮発し難いエアロゾル源又はニコチンなどの成分を効率的にデリバリできる。他方で、空隙率が比較的低い第2部分に対応するように位置する香味源においては、揮発しやすい成分(例えばメンソール等)のデリバリ量を抑制して、喫煙セッションの後半においても当該成分をユーザに提供することができる。 In this case, the area of the first portion, which has a relatively high porosity, can be increased in the upstream portion, so that a large amount of air can be supplied to a relatively large area of the flavor source. As a result, the aerosol source or components such as nicotine that are difficult to volatilize and that may be contained in the flavor source located in correspondence with the first portion can be efficiently delivered. On the other hand, in the flavor source located in correspondence with the second portion, which has a relatively low porosity, the amount of easily volatilized components (e.g., menthol) delivered can be suppressed, so that the components can be provided to the user even in the latter half of the smoking session.

本実施形態に係る喫煙システムを示す図である。1 is a diagram showing a smoking system according to an embodiment of the present invention; 香味発生物品の概略断面図である。1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a flavor generating article. 香味発生物品の概略断面図である。1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a flavor generating article. 他の実施形態に係る香味発生物品の分解斜視図である。FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of a flavor generating article according to another embodiment. 他の実施形態に係る香味発生物品の概略断面図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a flavor generating article according to another embodiment.

 以下、本発明の実施形態について図面を参照して説明する。以下で説明する図面において、同一の又は相当する構成要素には、同一の符号を付して重複した説明を省略する。図1は、本実施形態に係る喫煙システム100を示す図である。図1に示すように、喫煙システム100は、香味源を有する香味発生物品110と、香味発生物品110を加熱する香味吸引器120とを有する。ユーザが吸い込む空気は、例えば、空気流100A、空気流100C、空気流100Bの順でユーザの口腔内に導かれる。即ち、図1に示す喫煙システム100はいわゆるカウンターフロー形式の空気流路を有する。 Below, an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. In the drawings described below, identical or corresponding components are given the same reference numerals and duplicated description will be omitted. Fig. 1 is a diagram showing a smoking system 100 according to this embodiment. As shown in Fig. 1, the smoking system 100 has a flavor generating article 110 having a flavor source, and a flavor inhaler 120 that heats the flavor generating article 110. Air inhaled by a user is guided into the user's mouth in the order of air flow 100A, air flow 100C, and air flow 100B, for example. In other words, the smoking system 100 shown in Fig. 1 has a so-called counterflow type air flow path.

 香味発生物品110は、喫煙可能な香味を発生しうるたばこ等の香味源を含む基材であり、例えば長手方向に沿って延びる柱状形状を有する。香味発生物品110は、例えばたばこスティックであり得る。香味発生物品110は、円筒形状、多角形断面の柱状形状、又は扁平形状を有してもよい。なお、本明細書において「長手方向」とは、香味発生物品110の長さ方向、又は後述する先端プラグ112及び香味発生部220の隣接する方向を意味する。 The flavor generating article 110 is a substrate containing a flavor source such as tobacco capable of generating a smokable flavor, and has, for example, a columnar shape extending along the longitudinal direction. The flavor generating article 110 may be, for example, a tobacco stick. The flavor generating article 110 may have a cylindrical shape, a columnar shape with a polygonal cross section, or a flat shape. In this specification, the "longitudinal direction" means the length direction of the flavor generating article 110, or the direction in which the tip plug 112 and the flavor generating section 220 described below are adjacent to each other.

 香味吸引器120は、バッテリ10と、制御部20と、加熱部30とを有する。バッテリ10は、香味吸引器120で用いる電力を蓄積する。例えば、バッテリ10は、リチウムイオン電池である。バッテリ10は、外部電源によって充電可能であってもよい。 The flavor inhaler 120 has a battery 10, a control unit 20, and a heating unit 30. The battery 10 stores power used by the flavor inhaler 120. For example, the battery 10 is a lithium ion battery. The battery 10 may be rechargeable by an external power source.

 制御部20は、CPU及びメモリなどによって構成されており、加熱部30を含む香味吸引器120の動作を制御する。例えば、制御部20は、図示しない押しボタンやスライド式スイッチ等の入力装置に対するユーザ操作に応じて香味発生物品110の加熱を開始し、一定時間が経過したら香味発生物品110の加熱を終了する。制御部20は、ユーザによるパフ動作の回数が一定値を超過した場合に、香味発生物品110の加熱開始から一定時間が経過する前であっても香味発生物品110の加熱を終了してもよい。例えば、パフ動作は、図示しないセンサによって検出される。 The control unit 20 is composed of a CPU, a memory, etc., and controls the operation of the flavor inhaler 120 including the heating unit 30. For example, the control unit 20 starts heating the flavor generating article 110 in response to a user operation on an input device such as a push button or a slide switch (not shown), and stops heating the flavor generating article 110 after a certain period of time has elapsed. If the number of puffing actions by the user exceeds a certain value, the control unit 20 may stop heating the flavor generating article 110 even before the certain period of time has elapsed since the start of heating the flavor generating article 110. For example, the puffing action is detected by a sensor (not shown).

 或いは、制御部20は、パフ動作の開始に応じて香味発生物品110の加熱を開始し、パフ動作の終了に応じて香味発生物品110の加熱を終了してもよい。制御部20は、パフ動作の開始から一定時間が経過した場合に、パフ動作の終了前であっても香味発生物品110の加熱を終了してもよい。実施形態では、制御部20は、バッテリ10と加熱部30との間に配置されており、加熱部30からバッテリ10への熱伝達を抑制する。 Alternatively, the control unit 20 may start heating the flavor generating article 110 in response to the start of the puffing action, and end heating the flavor generating article 110 in response to the end of the puffing action. The control unit 20 may end heating the flavor generating article 110 even before the end of the puffing action, if a certain time has elapsed since the start of the puffing action. In the embodiment, the control unit 20 is disposed between the battery 10 and the heating unit 30, and suppresses heat transfer from the heating unit 30 to the battery 10.

 加熱部30は、香味発生物品110を収容するように構成され得る。また、加熱部30は、加熱源40を備える。加熱源40は、バッテリ10からの電力により発熱する、すなわち温度が上昇する、発熱体である。図示の例では、加熱源40は、香味吸引器120に配置されたヒータである。当該ヒータは、電熱線を含むことができる。当該ヒータは、加熱部30に収容された香味発生物品110を香味発生物品110の外側から加熱するように構成されている。このように、香味吸引器120は、いわゆる外部加熱型の香味吸引器であることが好ましい。なお、加熱源40に代えて、香味発生物品110がその内部にサセプタを有してもよい。その場合、香味吸引器120に配置された誘導コイルによりサセプタが誘導加熱され得る。或いは、香味吸引器120は、加熱源40に代えてマイクロ波放射源を有してもよい。その場合、香味発生物品110に含まれる水またはグリセリン等のマイクロ波吸収体がマイクロ波放射源からのマイクロ波により加熱され得る。これらのように構成することにより、香味発生物品110にピン型ヒータ等のヒータを挿入する必要なく香味発生物品110を加熱することができ、このようなヒータに香味発生物品110の一部が付着したりして加熱効率が低下することを抑制することができる。なお、香味吸引器120は、香味発生物品110に挿入されるピン又はブレード型のヒータを有してもよい。 The heating unit 30 may be configured to accommodate the flavor generating article 110. The heating unit 30 also includes a heating source 40. The heating source 40 is a heating element that generates heat, i.e., its temperature increases, due to power from the battery 10. In the illustrated example, the heating source 40 is a heater disposed in the flavor inhaler 120. The heater may include an electric heating wire. The heater is configured to heat the flavor generating article 110 accommodated in the heating unit 30 from the outside of the flavor generating article 110. In this way, the flavor inhaler 120 is preferably a so-called external heating type flavor inhaler. Note that instead of the heating source 40, the flavor generating article 110 may have a susceptor therein. In that case, the susceptor may be inductively heated by an induction coil disposed in the flavor inhaler 120. Alternatively, the flavor inhaler 120 may have a microwave radiation source instead of the heating source 40. In this case, a microwave absorber such as water or glycerin contained in the flavor generating article 110 can be heated by microwaves from the microwave radiation source. By configuring in this manner, the flavor generating article 110 can be heated without the need to insert a heater such as a pin-type heater into the flavor generating article 110, and it is possible to prevent a part of the flavor generating article 110 from adhering to such a heater, thereby preventing a decrease in heating efficiency. The flavor inhaler 120 may have a pin or blade-type heater that is inserted into the flavor generating article 110.

 図2は、香味発生物品110の分解斜視図である。また、図3は、香味発生物品110の概略断面図である。具体的には図3(a)は、香味発生物品110の概略側断面図である。図3(b)は、図3(a)における矢視b-bにおける断面図である。図2及び図3(a)に示すように、香味発生物品110は、香味を発生する香味源221と、香味源221の上流側に配置された先端プラグ112(上流部の一例に相当する)と、を備える。より具体的には、図示の例では、香味発生物品110は、先端側(すなわち、吸い口とは反対側)から順に、先端プラグ112と、香味発生部220と、中空管部132と、中空フィルタ部240と、フィルタプラグ250とを備えている。これら5つの構成要素は、アウタプラグラップ280、アウタプラグラップ260、およびチップペーパ270を用いて連結されている。 2 is an exploded perspective view of the flavor generating article 110. FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the flavor generating article 110. Specifically, FIG. 3(a) is a schematic side cross-sectional view of the flavor generating article 110. FIG. 3(b) is a cross-sectional view taken along the line b-b in FIG. 3(a). As shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3(a), the flavor generating article 110 includes a flavor source 221 that generates a flavor, and a tip plug 112 (corresponding to an example of an upstream portion) disposed upstream of the flavor source 221. More specifically, in the illustrated example, the flavor generating article 110 includes, in order from the tip side (i.e., the side opposite the mouthpiece), the tip plug 112, the flavor generating portion 220, the hollow tube portion 132, the hollow filter portion 240, and the filter plug 250. These five components are connected using an outer plug wrap 280, an outer plug wrap 260, and a tipping paper 270.

 香味発生物品110の1本当たりの長軸方向の通気抵抗は、特段制限されないが、吸い易さの観点から、通常8mmHO以上であり、10mmHO以上であることが好ましく、12mmHO以上であることがより好ましく、また、通常150mmHO以下であり、100mmHO以下であることが好ましく、80mmHO以下であることがより好ましく、60mmHO以下であることがさらにより好ましい。具体的には例えば、香味発生物品110の通気抵抗は、30mmHO以上150mmHO以下であることが好ましい。この場合、ユーザに快適な吸引抵抗を提供することができる。通気抵抗は、ISO標準法(ISO6565:2015)に従って、例えばセルリアン社製フィルタ通気抵抗測定器を使用して測定される。通気抵抗は、香味発生物品110の側面における空気の透過が行なわれない状態で一方の端面(第1端面)から他方の端面(第2端面)に所定の空気流量(17.5cc/sec)の空気を流した際の、第1端面と第2端面との気圧差を指す。単位は、一般的にはmmHOで表す。通気抵抗と非燃焼加熱式たばこの長さとの関係は、通常実施する長さ範囲(長さ5mm~200mm)においては比例関係であることが知られていて、長さが倍になれば、非燃焼加熱式たばこの通気抵抗は倍になる。 The airflow resistance in the longitudinal direction of each flavor-generating article 110 is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of ease of inhalation, it is usually 8 mmH 2 O or more, preferably 10 mmH 2 O or more, more preferably 12 mmH 2 O or more, and usually 150 mmH 2 O or less, preferably 100 mmH 2 O or less, more preferably 80 mmH 2 O or less, and even more preferably 60 mmH 2 O or less. Specifically, for example, the airflow resistance of the flavor-generating article 110 is preferably 30 mmH 2 O or more and 150 mmH 2 O or less. In this case, a comfortable inhalation resistance can be provided to the user. The airflow resistance is measured according to the ISO standard method (ISO6565:2015), for example, using a filter airflow resistance measuring device manufactured by Cerulean Co., Ltd. The airflow resistance refers to the air pressure difference between the first end face and the second end face when air is flowed at a predetermined air flow rate (17.5 cc/sec) from one end face (first end face) to the other end face (second end face) in a state where air does not permeate the side faces of the flavor generating article 110. The unit is generally expressed in mmH 2 O. It is known that the relationship between the airflow resistance and the length of a non-combustion heated tobacco is proportional within the normally used length range (lengths of 5 mm to 200 mm), and the airflow resistance of the non-combustion heated tobacco doubles when the length is doubled.

 棒状の香味発生物品110は、以下のように定義されるアスペクト比が1以上である形状を満たす柱状形状を有していることが好ましい。
 アスペクト比=h/w
 wは柱状体の底面の幅(本明細書においては、香味発生部220側の底面の幅とする。)、hは高さであり、h≧wであることが好ましい。本明細書においては、長軸方向はhで示された方向であると規定する。したがって、仮にw≧hである場合においてもhで示された方向を便宜上長軸方向と称する。底面の形状は限定されず、多角、角丸多角、円、又は楕円等であってよい。幅wは、当該底面が円形の場合は直径、楕円形である場合は長径、又は多角形もしくは角丸多角である場合は外接円の直径もしくは外接楕円の長径である。
The rod-shaped flavor generating article 110 preferably has a columnar shape that satisfies an aspect ratio of 1 or more, as defined below.
Aspect ratio = h/w
w is the width of the bottom surface of the columnar body (in this specification, this is defined as the width of the bottom surface on the flavor generating section 220 side), and h is the height, and it is preferable that h≧w. In this specification, the long axis direction is defined as the direction indicated by h. Therefore, even if w≧h, the direction indicated by h will be referred to as the long axis direction for convenience. The shape of the bottom surface is not limited and may be a polygon, a rounded polygon, a circle, an ellipse, or the like. The width w is the diameter if the bottom surface is circular, the major axis if the bottom surface is elliptical, or the diameter of the circumscribing circle or the major axis of the circumscribing ellipse if the bottom surface is polygonal or rounded polygonal.

 香味発生物品110の長軸方向の長さhは、特段制限されず、例えば、通常40mm以上であり、45mm以上であることが好ましく、50mm以上であることがより好ましい。また、通常100mm以下であり、90mm以下であることが好ましく、80mm以下であることがより好ましい。 The length h of the flavor generating article 110 in the major axis direction is not particularly limited, and is, for example, usually 40 mm or more, preferably 45 mm or more, and more preferably 50 mm or more. Also, it is usually 100 mm or less, preferably 90 mm or less, and more preferably 80 mm or less.

 香味発生物品110の柱状体の底面の幅wは、特段制限されず、例えば、通常5mm以上であり、5.5mm以上であることが好ましい。また、通常10mm以下であり、9mm以下であることが好ましく、8mm以下であることがより好ましい。 The width w of the bottom surface of the columnar body of the flavor generating article 110 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, typically 5 mm or more, and preferably 5.5 mm or more. Also, it is typically 10 mm or less, preferably 9 mm or less, and more preferably 8 mm or less.

 香味発生物品110の長軸方向の長さにおける、中空管部132及びフィルタセグメントの長さ(中空フィルタ部240とフィルタプラグ250との合計の長さ)の割合(中空管部132:フィルタセグメント)は、特段制限されないが、香料のデリバリ量や適切なエアロゾル温度の観点から、通常0.60~1.40:0.60~1.40であり、0.80~1.20:0.80~1.20であることが好ましく、0.85~1.15:0.85~1.15であることがより好ましく、0.90~1.10:0.90~1.10であることがさらに好ましく、0.95~1.05:0.95~1.05であることが特に好ましい。中空管部132及びフィルタセグメント(中空フィルタ部240とフィルタプラグ250)の長さの割合を上記範囲内とすることで、冷却効果、生成した蒸気及びエアロゾルが中空管部132の内壁に付着することによるロスを抑制する効果、及びフィルタの空気量及び香味の調整機能のバランスをとって、良好且つ強い香味を提供する効果、を実現できる。特に、中空管部132を長くすると、エアロゾル等の粒子化が促進され良好な香味を実現できるが、長すぎると通過する物質の内壁への付着が生じてしまう。 The ratio of the length of the hollow tube section 132 and the filter segment (the total length of the hollow filter section 240 and the filter plug 250) to the longitudinal length of the flavor generating article 110 (hollow tube section 132:filter segment) is not particularly limited, but from the standpoint of the amount of flavor delivered and the appropriate aerosol temperature, it is usually 0.60-1.40:0.60-1.40, preferably 0.80-1.20:0.80-1.20, more preferably 0.85-1.15:0.85-1.15, even more preferably 0.90-1.10:0.90-1.10, and particularly preferably 0.95-1.05:0.95-1.05. By setting the length ratio of the hollow tube section 132 and the filter segment (hollow filter section 240 and filter plug 250) within the above range, it is possible to achieve the following effects: a cooling effect; suppressing losses due to adhesion of the generated steam and aerosol to the inner wall of the hollow tube section 132; and providing a good and strong flavor by balancing the filter's air volume and flavor adjustment functions. In particular, if the hollow tube section 132 is made longer, the aerosol and the like are promoted to break down into particles, resulting in a good flavor, but if it is too long, the substances passing through will adhere to the inner wall.

 香味発生部220は、先端プラグ112の下流に隣接して配置されている。香味発生部220は、香味源221と、香味源221を巻装する巻紙222とを備えている。香味発生部220の態様は、公知の態様であれば特段制限されないが、通常、香味源221を巻紙222で巻装してなる態様である。香味源221は、それが内側になるように巻紙222によって巻装されて香味発生部220を形成する。香味源221は、たばこ充填物を含んでいてもよい。たばこ充填物は、特段制限されず、後述する第一のたばこ充填物又は第二のたばこ充填物を用いることができる。また、本願明細書では、後述するたばこ刻み、たばこシート、たばこ顆粒等のような乾燥たばこの成形品を、単に「乾燥たばこ葉」と称することがある。また、香味発生部220は、たばこ製品を加熱するための加熱源40との嵌合部を有していてもよい。  The flavor generating section 220 is disposed adjacent to the downstream of the tip plug 112. The flavor generating section 220 includes a flavor source 221 and a cigarette paper 222 around which the flavor source 221 is wrapped. The flavor generating section 220 may be of any known type, but is usually of a type in which the flavor source 221 is wrapped in the cigarette paper 222. The flavor source 221 is wrapped in the cigarette paper 222 so that the flavor source 221 is on the inside to form the flavor generating section 220. The flavor source 221 may include a tobacco filler. The tobacco filler is not particularly limited, and may be a first tobacco filler or a second tobacco filler, which will be described later. In addition, in the present specification, a molded product of dried tobacco, such as tobacco shreds, tobacco sheets, and tobacco granules, which will be described later, may be simply referred to as "dried tobacco leaves". The flavor generating section 220 may also have a fitting portion with a heat source 40 for heating the tobacco product.

 香味源221を巻紙222で巻装してなる香味発生部220は、柱状形状を有していることが好ましく、この場合には、香味発生部220の底面の幅に対する香味発生部220の長軸方向の高さで表されるアスペクト比が1以上であることが好ましい。底面の形状は限定されず、多角、角丸多角、円、楕円等であってよい。底面の幅は、当該底面が円形の場合は直径、楕円形である場合は長径、多角形又は角丸多角である場合は外接円の直径又は外接楕円の長径である。 The flavor generating section 220, which is formed by wrapping the flavor source 221 in wrapping paper 222, preferably has a columnar shape, and in this case, the aspect ratio represented by the height of the flavor generating section 220 in the major axis direction relative to the width of the bottom surface of the flavor generating section 220 is preferably 1 or more. The shape of the bottom surface is not limited, and may be polygonal, rounded polygonal, circular, elliptical, etc. The width of the bottom surface is the diameter if the bottom surface is circular, the major axis if the bottom surface is elliptical, and the diameter of the circumscribing circle or the major axis of the circumscribing ellipse if the bottom surface is polygonal or rounded polygonal.

 香味発生部220の長軸方向の長さは、製品のサイズに合わせて適宜変更し得るが、通常10mm以上であり、12mm以上であることが好ましく、また、通常70mm以下であり、50mm以下であることが好ましく、30mm以下であることがより好ましく、25mm以下であることがさらに好ましく、20mm以下であることがさらにより好ましい。 The length of the flavor generating section 220 in the major axis direction can be changed as appropriate according to the size of the product, but is usually 10 mm or more, preferably 12 mm or more, and is usually 70 mm or less, preferably 50 mm or less, more preferably 30 mm or less, even more preferably 25 mm or less, and even more preferably 20 mm or less.

 また、香味発生物品110の長軸方向の全体の長さに対する香味発生部220の長さの割合は、特段制限されないが、デリバリ量とエアロゾル温度のバランスの観点から、通常10%以上であり、20%以上であることが好ましく、また、通常80%以下であり、70%以下であることが好ましく、60%以下であることがより好ましく、50%以下であることがさらに好ましく、45%以下であることが特に好ましく、40%以下であることが最も好ましい。 The ratio of the length of the flavor generating section 220 to the overall length of the flavor generating article 110 in the longitudinal direction is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of the balance between the delivery amount and the aerosol temperature, it is usually 10% or more, preferably 20% or more, and usually 80% or less, preferably 70% or less, more preferably 60% or less, even more preferably 50% or less, particularly preferably 45% or less, and most preferably 40% or less.

 香味発生部220中の乾燥たばこ葉の含有量は、特段制限されないが、150mg/ロッド部以上、800mg/ロッド部以下を挙げることができ、200mg/ロッド部以上、600mg/ロッド部以下が好ましい。 The amount of dried tobacco leaves contained in the flavor generating section 220 is not particularly limited, but may be 150 mg/rod part or more and 800 mg/rod part or less, and preferably 200 mg/rod part or more and 600 mg/rod part or less.

 まず、第一のたばこ充填物(単に「第一の充填物」とも称する。)から説明する。第一の充填物に含まれるたばこ刻みの材料は特に限定されず、ラミナや中骨等の公知のものを用いることができる。また、たばこ刻みは、乾燥したたばこ葉を平均粒径が20μm以上、200μm以下になるように粉砕してたばこ粉砕物とし、これを均一化してシート加工し、この均一化シートを刻んで製造してもよい。さらに、たばこ刻みは、香味発生部220の長手方向と同程度の長さを有する均一化シートを、香味発生部220の長手方向と略水平に刻んだものを巻紙222に充填する、いわゆるストランドタイプであってもよい。また、たばこ刻みの幅は、巻紙222に充填するために、0.5mm以上2.0mm以下であることが好ましい。 First, the first tobacco filling (also simply referred to as the "first filling") will be described. The material of the tobacco shreds contained in the first filling is not particularly limited, and known materials such as lamina and ribs can be used. The tobacco shreds may be manufactured by grinding dried tobacco leaves to an average particle size of 20 μm or more and 200 μm or less to produce tobacco shreds, homogenizing the shredded tobacco, processing the shredded tobacco into a sheet, and shredding the homogenized sheet. The tobacco shreds may be of the so-called strand type, in which a homogenized sheet having a length approximately equal to the longitudinal direction of the flavor generating section 220 is shredded approximately horizontally to the longitudinal direction of the flavor generating section 220 and filled into the cigarette paper 222. The width of the tobacco shreds is preferably 0.5 mm or more and 2.0 mm or less in order to fill the cigarette paper 222.

 上記たばこ刻み及び均一化シートの作製に用いるたばこ葉について、様々な種類のたばこを用いることができる。例えば、黄色種、バーレー種、オリエント種、在来種、その他のニコチアナ-タバカム系品種、ニコチアナ-ルスチカ系品種、及びこれらの混合物を挙げることができる。混合物については、目的とする味となるように、上記の各品種を適宜ブレンドして用いることができる。上記たばこの品種の詳細は、「たばこの事典、たばこ総合研究センター、2009.3.31」に開示されている。上記均一化シートの製造方法、すなわち、たばこ葉を粉砕して均一化シートに加工する方法として、複数の従来の方法が知られている。1つ目は抄紙プロセスを用いて抄造シートを作製する方法である。2つ目は水等の適切な溶媒を、粉砕したたばこ葉に混ぜて均一化した後に金属製板もしくは金属製板ベルトの上に均一化物を薄くキャスティングし、乾燥させてキャストシートを作製する方法である。3つ目は水等の適切な溶媒を、粉砕したたばこ葉に混ぜて均一化したものをシート状に押し出し成型して圧延シートを作製する方法である。上記均一化シートの種類については、「たばこの事典、たばこ総合研究センター、2009.3.31」に詳細が開示されている。 Various kinds of tobacco can be used for the tobacco leaves used to prepare the tobacco shreds and homogenized sheet. Examples include flue-cured tobacco, burley, orient, native tobacco, other Nicotiana tabacum varieties, Nicotiana rustica varieties, and mixtures of these. The above varieties can be appropriately blended to achieve the desired flavor. Details of the tobacco varieties are disclosed in "Encyclopedia of Tobacco, Tobacco Research Center, March 31, 2009." There are several conventional methods known for producing the homogenized sheet, that is, for grinding tobacco leaves and processing them into a homogenized sheet. The first method is to produce a paper-making sheet using a papermaking process. The second method is to mix a suitable solvent such as water with the ground tobacco leaves to homogenize them, and then cast the homogenized mixture thinly on a metal plate or metal plate belt and dry it to produce a cast sheet. The third method is to mix a suitable solvent such as water with the ground tobacco leaves to homogenize them, and extrude the mixture into a sheet to produce a rolled sheet. Details of the types of homogenizing sheets mentioned above are disclosed in the "Encyclopedia of Tobacco, Tobacco Research Center, March 31, 2009."

 たばこ充填物の水分含有量は、例えば、たばこ充填物の全量に対して10重量%以上15重量%以下であり、11重量%以上13重量%以下であることが好ましい。このような水分含有量であると、巻染みの発生を抑制し、香味発生部220の製造時の巻上適性を良好にする。第一のたばこ充填物に含まれるたばこ刻みの大きさやその調製法については特に制限はない。例えば、乾燥したたばこ葉を、幅0.5mm以上2.0mm以下に刻んだものを第一のたばこ充填物に用いてもよい。また、均一化シートの粉砕物を用いる場合、乾燥したたばこ葉を平均粒径が20μm~200μm程度になるように粉砕して均一化したものをシート加工し、それを幅0.5mm以上2.0mm以下に刻んだものを第一のたばこ充填物に用いてもよい。 The moisture content of the tobacco filling is, for example, 10% by weight or more and 15% by weight or less, and preferably 11% by weight or more and 13% by weight or less, based on the total amount of the tobacco filling. Such a moisture content suppresses the occurrence of rolling stains and improves the suitability of the flavor generating unit 220 for rolling during manufacture. There are no particular restrictions on the size of the tobacco shreds contained in the first tobacco filling or the method of preparing them. For example, dried tobacco leaves shredded to a width of 0.5 mm to 2.0 mm may be used for the first tobacco filling. In addition, when using a crushed homogenized sheet, dried tobacco leaves may be crushed to an average particle size of about 20 μm to 200 μm, homogenized, processed into a sheet, and the sheet may be shredded to a width of 0.5 mm to 2.0 mm for use in the first tobacco filling.

 第一のたばこ充填物は、エアロゾルを生成するエアロゾル基材を含んでいてもよい。エアロゾル基材の種類は、特に限定されず、用途に応じて種々の天然物からの抽出物質及び/又はそれらの構成成分を選択することができる。エアロゾル基材としては、グリセリン、プロピレングリコール、トリアセチン、1,3-ブタンジオール、及びこれらの混合物を挙げることができる。 The first tobacco filling may contain an aerosol base material that generates an aerosol. The type of aerosol base material is not particularly limited, and various extracts from natural products and/or their components can be selected depending on the application. Examples of aerosol base materials include glycerin, propylene glycol, triacetin, 1,3-butanediol, and mixtures thereof.

 第一のたばこ充填物中のエアロゾル基材の含有量は、特に限定されず、十分にエアロゾルを生成させること、及び良好な香味の付与の観点から、たばこ充填物の全量に対して通常5重量%以上であり、好ましくは10重量%以上であり、また、通常50重量%以下であり、好ましくは15重量%以上、25重量%以下である。 The content of the aerosol base material in the first tobacco filling is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of generating sufficient aerosol and imparting a good flavor, it is usually 5% by weight or more, preferably 10% by weight or more, and usually 50% by weight or less, preferably 15% by weight or more and 25% by weight or less, based on the total amount of the tobacco filling.

 第一のたばこ充填物は、香料を含んでいてもよい。当該香料の種類は、特に限定されず、良好な香味の付与の観点から、香料の例として、アセトアニソール、アセトフェノン、アセチルピラジン、2-アセチルチアゾール、アルファルファエキストラクト、アミルアルコール、酪酸アミル、トランス-アネトール、スターアニス油、リンゴ果汁、ペルーバルサム油、ミツロウアブソリュート、ベンズアルデヒド、ベンゾインレジノイド、ベンジルアルコール、安息香酸ベンジル、フェニル酢酸ベンジル、プロピオン酸ベンジル、2,3-ブタンジオン、2-ブタノール、酪酸ブチル、酪酸、カラメル、カルダモン油、キャロブアブソリュート、β-カロテン、ニンジンジュース、L-カルボン、β-カリオフィレン、カシア樹皮油、シダーウッド油、セロリーシード油、カモミル油、シンナムアルデヒド、ケイ皮酸、シンナミルアルコール、ケイ皮酸シンナミル、シトロネラ油、DL-シトロネロール、クラリセージエキストラクト、ココア、コーヒー、コニャック油、コリアンダー油、クミンアルデヒド、ダバナ油、δ-デカラクトン、γ-デカラクトン、デカン酸、ディルハーブ油、3,4-ジメチル-1,2-シクロペンタンジオン、4,5-ジメチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,5-ジヒドロフラン-2-オン、3,7-ジメチル-6-オクテン酸、2,3-ジメチルピラジン、2,5-ジメチルピラジン、2,6-ジメチルピラジン、2-メチル酪酸エチル、酢酸エチル、酪酸エチル、ヘキサン酸エチル、イソ吉草酸エチル、乳酸エチル、ラウリン酸エチル、レブリン酸エチル、エチルマルトール、オクタン酸エチル、オレイン酸エチル、パルミチン酸エチル、フェニル酢酸エチル、プロピオン酸エチル、ステアリン酸エチル、吉草酸エチル、エチルバニリン、エチルバニリングルコシド、2-エチル-3,(5または6)-ジメチルピラジン、5-エチル-3-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2(5H)-フラノン、2-エチル-3-メチルピラジン、ユーカリプトール、フェネグリークアブソリュート、ジェネアブソリュート、リンドウ根インフュージョン、ゲラニオール、酢酸ゲラニル、ブドウ果汁、グアヤコール、グァバエキストラクト、γ-ヘプタラクトン、γ-ヘキサラクトン、ヘキサン酸、シス-3-ヘキセン-1-オール、酢酸ヘキシル、ヘキシルアルコール、フェニル酢酸ヘキシル、ハチミツ、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ペンテン酸ラクトン、4-ヒドロキシ-4-(3-ヒドロキシ-1-ブテニル)-3,5,5-トリメチル-2-シクロヘキセン-1-オン、4-(パラ-ヒドロキシフェニル)-2-ブタノン、4-ヒドロキシウンデカン酸ナトリウム、インモルテルアブソリュート、β-イオノン、酢酸イソアミル、酪酸イソアミル、フェニル酢酸イソアミル、酢酸イソブチル、フェニル酢酸イソブチル、ジャスミンアブソリュート、コーラナッツティンクチャー、ラブダナム油、レモンテルペンレス油、カンゾウエキストラクト、リナロール、酢酸リナリル、ロベージ根油、マルトール、メープルシロップ、メンソール、メントン、酢酸L-メンチル、パラメトキシベンズアルデヒド、メチル-2-ピロリルケトン、アントラニル酸メチル、フェニル酢酸メチル、サリチル酸メチル、4’-メチルアセトフェノン、メチルシクロペンテノロン、3-メチル吉草酸、ミモザアブソリュート、トウミツ、ミリスチン酸、ネロール、ネロリドール、γ-ノナラクトン、ナツメグ油、δ-オクタラクトン、オクタナール、オクタン酸、オレンジフラワー油、オレンジ油、オリス根油、パルミチン酸、ω-ペンタデカラクトン、ペパーミント油、プチグレインパラグアイ油、フェネチルアルコール、フェニル酢酸フェネチル、フェニル酢酸、ピペロナール、プラムエキストラクト、プロペニルグアエトール、酢酸プロピル、3-プロピリデンフタリド、プルーン果汁、ピルビン酸、レーズンエキストラクト、ローズ油、ラム酒、セージ油、サンダルウッド油、スペアミント油、スチラックスアブソリュート、マリーゴールド油、ティーディスティレート、α-テルピネオール、酢酸テルピニル、5,6,7,8-テトラヒドロキノキサリン、1,5,5,9-テトラメチル-13-オキサシクロ(8.3.0.0(4.9))トリデカン、2,3,5,6-テトラメチルピラジン、タイム油、トマトエキストラクト、2-トリデカノン、クエン酸トリエチル、4-(2,6,6-トリメチル-1-シクロヘキセニル)2-ブテン-4-オン、2,6,6-トリメチル-2-シクロヘキセン-1,4-ジオン、4-(2,6,6-トリメチル-1,3-シクロヘキサジエニル)2-ブテン-4-オン、2,3,5-トリメチルピラジン、γ-ウンデカラクトン、γ-バレロラクトン、バニラエキストラクト、バニリン、ベラトルアルデヒド、バイオレットリーフアブソリュート、N-エチル-p-メンタン-3-カルボアミド(WS-3)、エチル-2-(p-メンタン-3-カルボキサミド)アセテート(WS-5)が挙げられ、特にメンソールが好ましい。また、これらの香料は1種を単独で用いても、又は2種以上を併用してもよい。 The first tobacco filling may contain a flavoring. The type of flavoring is not particularly limited, and examples of flavorings from the viewpoint of imparting a good flavor include acetanisole, acetophenone, acetylpyrazine, 2-acetylthiazole, alfalfa extract, amyl alcohol, amyl butyrate, trans-anethole, star anise oil, apple juice, Peru balsam oil, beeswax absolute, benzaldehyde, benzoin resinoid, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, benzyl phenylacetate, benzyl propionate, 2,3-butanedione, 2-butanol, butyl butyrate, butyric acid, caramel, cardamom oil, carob oil, and the like. Solute, β-carotene, carrot juice, L-carvone, β-caryophyllene, cassia bark oil, cedarwood oil, celery seed oil, chamomile oil, cinnamaldehyde, cinnamic acid, cinnamyl alcohol, cinnamyl cinnamate, citronella oil, DL-citronellol, clary sage extract, cocoa, coffee, konjac oil, coriander oil, cuminaldehyde, davana oil, δ-decalactone, γ-decalactone, decanoic acid, dill herb oil, 3,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanedione, 4,5-dimethyl-3-hydroxy-2,5-dihydrofuran-2 -one, 3,7-dimethyl-6-octenoic acid, 2,3-dimethylpyrazine, 2,5-dimethylpyrazine, 2,6-dimethylpyrazine, ethyl 2-methylbutyrate, ethyl acetate, ethyl butyrate, ethyl hexanoate, ethyl isovalerate, ethyl lactate, ethyl laurate, ethyl levulinate, ethyl maltol, ethyl octanoate, ethyl oleate, ethyl palmitate, ethyl phenylacetate, ethyl propionate, ethyl stearate, ethyl valerate, ethyl vanillin, ethyl vanillin glucoside, 2-ethyl-3,(5 or 6)-dimethylpyrazine, 5-ethyl-3-hydroxy-4 -Methyl-2(5H)-furanone, 2-ethyl-3-methylpyrazine, eucalyptol, fenugreek absolute, gene absolute, gentian root infusion, geraniol, geranyl acetate, grape juice, guaiacol, guava extract, gamma-heptalactone, gamma-hexalactone, hexanoic acid, cis-3-hexen-1-ol, hexyl acetate, hexyl alcohol, phenylhexyl acetate, honey, 4-hydroxy-3-pentenoic acid lactone, 4-hydroxy-4-(3-hydroxy-1-butenyl)-3,5,5-trimethyl-2-cyclohexene Sen-1-one, 4-(para-hydroxyphenyl)-2-butanone, sodium 4-hydroxyundecanoate, immortelle absolute, beta-ionone, isoamyl acetate, isoamyl butyrate, isoamyl phenylacetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl phenylacetate, jasmine absolute, cola nut tincture, labdanum oil, lemon terpeneless oil, licorice extract, linalool, linalyl acetate, lovage root oil, maltol, maple syrup, menthol, menthone, L-menthyl acetate, paramethoxybenzaldehyde, methyl-2-pyrrolyl ketone , Methyl anthranilate, Methyl phenylacetate, Methyl salicylate, 4'-Methylacetophenone, Methylcyclopentenolone, 3-Methylvaleric acid, Mimosa absolute, Honey bean, Myristic acid, Nerol, Nerolidol, γ-Nonalactone, Nutmeg oil, δ-Octalactone, Octanal, Octanoic acid, Orange flower oil, Orange oil, Orris root oil, Palmitic acid, ω-Pentadecalactone, Peppermint oil, Petitgrain Paraguay oil, Phenethyl alcohol, Phenethyl phenylacetate, Phenylacetic acid, Piperonal, Plum extract, Propenyl guaiacetate , propyl acetate, 3-propylidenephthalide, prune juice, pyruvic acid, raisin extract, rose oil, rum, sage oil, sandalwood oil, spearmint oil, styrax absolute, marigold oil, tea distillate, alpha-terpineol, terpinyl acetate, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoxaline, 1,5,5,9-tetramethyl-13-oxacyclo(8.3.0.0(4.9))tridecane, 2,3,5,6-tetramethylpyrazine, thyme oil, tomato extract, 2-tridecanone, triethyl citrate, 4-(2,6,6-trimethylpyrazine, 1,5,5,9-tetramethyl-13-oxacyclo(8.3.0.0(4.9))tridecane ... trimethyl-1-cyclohexenyl) 2-buten-4-one, 2,6,6-trimethyl-2-cyclohexene-1,4-dione, 4-(2,6,6-trimethyl-1,3-cyclohexadienyl) 2-buten-4-one, 2,3,5-trimethylpyrazine, γ-undecalactone, γ-valerolactone, vanilla extract, vanillin, veratraldehyde, violet leaf absolute, N-ethyl-p-menthane-3-carboxamide (WS-3), ethyl-2-(p-menthane-3-carboxamide) acetate (WS-5), with menthol being particularly preferred. These flavorings may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 第一のたばこ充填物中の香料の含有量は、特に限定されず、良好な香味の付与の観点から、通常10000ppm以上であり、好ましくは20000ppm以上であり、より好ましくは25000ppm以上であり、また、通常70000ppm以下であり、好ましくは50000ppm以下であり、より好ましくは40000ppm以下であり、さらに好ましくは33000ppm以下である。 The content of the flavoring in the first tobacco filling is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of imparting a good flavor, it is usually 10,000 ppm or more, preferably 20,000 ppm or more, more preferably 25,000 ppm or more, and is usually 70,000 ppm or less, preferably 50,000 ppm or less, more preferably 40,000 ppm or less, and even more preferably 33,000 ppm or less.

 第一のたばこ充填物における充填密度は、特に限定されないが、香味発生物品110の性能の担保、及び良好な香味の付与の観点から、通常250mg/cm以上であり、好ましくは300mg/cm以上であり、また、通常400mg/cm以下であり、好ましくは350mg/cm以下である。 The filling density of the first tobacco filling material is not particularly limited, but from the standpoint of ensuring the performance of the flavor generating article 110 and imparting a good flavor, it is usually 250 mg/ cm3 or more, preferably 300 mg/ cm3 or more, and usually 400 mg/ cm3 or less, preferably 350 mg/ cm3 or less.

 第二のたばこ充填物は、被充填物(例えば巻紙222)に充填されたたばこシートから構成される。たばこシートの枚数は、1枚であってもよく、2枚以上であってもよい。第二のたばこ充填物が、1枚のたばこシートから構成される場合の態様としては、例えば、その一辺が、被充填物の長手方向と同程度の長さを有するたばこシートが、被充填物の長手方向と略平行の折り目に沿って複数回折り返された状態で充填態様(いわゆるギャザーシート)が挙げられる。また、上記態様として、その一辺が、被充填物の長手方向と同程度の長さを有するたばこシートを、被充填物の長手方向軸を中心に巻き回された状態で充填される態様も挙げられる。 The second tobacco filling is composed of a tobacco sheet filled into the filling (e.g., cigarette paper 222). The number of tobacco sheets may be one or more. When the second tobacco filling is composed of one tobacco sheet, for example, a filling mode (so-called gathered sheet) in which a tobacco sheet with one side having a length approximately equal to the longitudinal direction of the filling is folded multiple times along folds approximately parallel to the longitudinal direction of the filling is included. Another example of the above mode is a mode in which a tobacco sheet with one side having a length approximately equal to the longitudinal direction of the filling is filled in a state where it is wound around the longitudinal axis of the filling.

 第二のたばこ充填物が、2枚以上のたばこシートから構成される場合の態様としては、例えば、その1辺が、被充填物の長手方向と同程度の長さを有する複数のたばこシートが、同心状に配置されるように、被充填物の長手方向軸を中心に巻き回された状態で充填される態様が挙げられる。「同心状に配置される」とは、すべてのたばこシートの中心が略同じ位置にあるように配置されていることをいう。また、たばこシートの枚数は、特に制限されないが、2枚、3枚、4枚、5枚、6枚、又は7枚である態様を挙げることができる。2枚以上のたばこシートはすべて同じ組成あるいは物性であってもよいし、各たばこシートの中の一部又は全部が異なる組成あるいは物性であってもよい。また、各たばこシートの厚みは、それぞれが同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。 In the case where the second tobacco filling is composed of two or more tobacco sheets, for example, a plurality of tobacco sheets, one side of which has a length approximately equal to the longitudinal direction of the filling, are packed in a state of being wound around the longitudinal axis of the filling so as to be arranged concentrically. "Arranged concentrically" means that all of the tobacco sheets are arranged so that their centers are in approximately the same position. The number of tobacco sheets is not particularly limited, but examples include two, three, four, five, six, or seven. The two or more tobacco sheets may all have the same composition or physical properties, or some or all of the tobacco sheets may have different compositions or physical properties. The thickness of each tobacco sheet may be the same or different.

 第二のたばこ充填物は、幅の異なる複数のたばこシートを準備して、底部から頂部に向かって幅が小さくなるように積層した積層体を調製し、これを巻管に通して巻き上げ成形することで製造できる。この製造方法によれば、複数のたばこシートが、長手方向に延在するとともに、長手方向軸を中心として同心状に配置されるようになる。また、長手方向軸と、最内層のたばこシートとの間に、長手方向に延在する嵌合部が形成されてもよい。 The second tobacco filler can be manufactured by preparing a plurality of tobacco sheets of different widths, stacking them so that the width decreases from the bottom to the top, and passing this through a rolling tube to roll and shape it. According to this manufacturing method, the plurality of tobacco sheets extend in the longitudinal direction and are arranged concentrically around the longitudinal axis. A fitting portion extending in the longitudinal direction may also be formed between the longitudinal axis and the innermost tobacco sheet.

 この製造方法において、積層体は巻上げ成形後に隣接するたばこシート間に非接触部が形成されるように調製されることが好ましい。複数のたばこシート間に、たばこシートが接触しない非接触部(隙間)が存在すると、香味流路を確保して香味成分のデリバリ効率を高めることができる。他方で、複数のたばこシートの接触部分を介してヒータからの熱を外側のたばこシートに伝達できるので高い伝熱効率を確保することができる。複数のたばこシート間に、たばこシートが接触しない非接触部を設けるために、例えば、エンボス加工したたばこシートを用いる方法、隣接するたばこシート同士の全面を接着せずに積層する方法、隣接するたばこシート同士の一部を接着して積層する方法、又は隣接するたばこシート同士の全面若しくは一部を、巻上げ成形後に剥がれるように軽度に接着して積層することで積層体を調製する方法、を挙げることができる。巻紙222を含めた香味発生部220を調製する場合には、積層体の最底部に上記の巻紙222を配置してもよい。また、積層体の最頂部にマンドレル等の筒状ダミーを載置して第二のたばこ充填物を形成した後に、当該ダミーを除去することで、嵌合部を形成することもできる。 In this manufacturing method, the laminate is preferably prepared so that a non-contact portion is formed between adjacent tobacco sheets after rolling. If there is a non-contact portion (gap) between multiple tobacco sheets where the tobacco sheets do not contact, a flavor flow path can be secured and the delivery efficiency of the flavor components can be improved. On the other hand, heat from the heater can be transferred to the outer tobacco sheet through the contact portion of the multiple tobacco sheets, so that high heat transfer efficiency can be secured. In order to provide a non-contact portion between multiple tobacco sheets where the tobacco sheets do not contact, for example, a method of using an embossed tobacco sheet, a method of laminating adjacent tobacco sheets without bonding the entire surfaces of the sheets, a method of laminating adjacent tobacco sheets by bonding parts of the sheets, or a method of preparing a laminate by laminating adjacent tobacco sheets by lightly bonding the entire surfaces or parts of the sheets so that they can be peeled off after rolling. When preparing the flavor generating portion 220 including the cigarette paper 222, the cigarette paper 222 may be placed at the bottom of the laminate. Also, a cylindrical dummy such as a mandrel can be placed on the top of the laminate to form the second tobacco filler, and then the dummy can be removed to form the fitting portion.

 第二のたばこ充填物の充填密度は、特に限定されないが、香味発生物品110の性能の担保、及び良好な香味の付与の観点から、通常250mg/cm以上であり、好ましくは300mg/cm以上であり、また、通常400mg/cm以下であり、好ましくは350mg/cm以下である。 The filling density of the second tobacco filling material is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of ensuring the performance of the flavor generating article 110 and imparting a good flavor, it is usually 250 mg/ cm3 or more, preferably 300 mg/ cm3 or more, and usually 400 mg/ cm3 or less, preferably 350 mg/ cm3 or less.

 たばこシートは、加熱に伴ってエアロゾルを生成するエアロゾル基材を含んでいてもよい。エアロゾル基材としてグリセリン、プロピレングリコール、1,3-ブタンジオール等のポリオール等のエアロゾル源を添加する。かかるエアロゾル基材の添加量は、たばこシートの乾燥重量に対して5重量%以上、50重量%以下が好ましく、15重量%以上、25重量%以下がより好ましい。 The tobacco sheet may contain an aerosol base material that generates an aerosol when heated. An aerosol source such as glycerin, propylene glycol, or a polyol such as 1,3-butanediol is added as the aerosol base material. The amount of the aerosol base material added is preferably 5% by weight or more and 50% by weight or less, and more preferably 15% by weight or more and 25% by weight or less, based on the dry weight of the tobacco sheet.

 たばこシートは、抄造、スラリー、圧延、等の公知の方法で適宜製造できる。なお、第一のたばこ充填物で説明した均一化シートを用いることもできる。抄造の場合は、以下の工程を含む方法で製造できる。1)乾燥たばこ葉を粗砕し、水で抽出して水抽出物と残渣に分離する。2)水抽出物を減圧乾燥して濃縮する。3)残渣にパルプを加え、リファイナで繊維化した後、抄紙する。4)抄紙したシートに水抽出物の濃縮液を添加して乾燥し、たばこシートとする。この場合、ニトロソアミン等の一部の成分を除去する工程を加えてもよい(特表2004-510422号公報参照)。スラリー法の場合は、以下の工程を含む方法で製造できる。1)水、パルプ及びバインダと、砕いたたばこ葉を混合する。2)当該混合物を薄く延ばして(キャストして)乾燥する。この場合、水、パルプ及びバインダと、砕いたたばこ葉を混合したスラリーに対して紫外線照射もしくはX線照射することでニトロソアミン等の一部の成分を除去する工程を加えてもよい。 Tobacco sheets can be appropriately manufactured by known methods such as papermaking, slurrying, rolling, etc. The homogenized sheet described in the first tobacco filling material can also be used. In the case of papermaking, it can be manufactured by a method including the following steps: 1) Dried tobacco leaves are roughly crushed and extracted with water to separate them into a water extract and a residue. 2) The water extract is dried under reduced pressure and concentrated. 3) Pulp is added to the residue, which is then fiberized in a refiner and made into paper. 4) The concentrated water extract is added to the paper-made sheet and dried to obtain a tobacco sheet. In this case, a step of removing some of the components such as nitrosamines may be added (see JP2004-510422A). In the case of the slurry method, it can be manufactured by a method including the following steps: 1) Water, pulp, and binder are mixed with crushed tobacco leaves. 2) The mixture is thinly spread (cast) and dried. In this case, a step may be added in which a slurry of water, pulp, binder, and crushed tobacco leaves is irradiated with ultraviolet light or X-rays to remove some of the components, such as nitrosamines.

 この他、国際公開第2014/104078号に記載されているように、以下の工程を含む方法によって製造された不織布状のたばこシートを用いることもできる。1)粉粒状のたばこ葉と結合剤を混合する。2)当該混合物を不織布によって挟む。3)当該積層物を熱溶着によって一定形状に成形し、不織布状のたばこシートを得る。上記の各方法で用いる原料のたばこ葉は、第一の充填物で説明したものと同じ種類であり得る。 In addition, as described in WO 2014/104078, a nonwoven tobacco sheet can be used that is manufactured by a method including the following steps: 1) Mixing powdered tobacco leaves with a binder. 2) Sandwiching the mixture between nonwoven fabrics. 3) Forming the laminate into a certain shape by thermal welding to obtain a nonwoven tobacco sheet. The raw tobacco leaves used in each of the above methods can be of the same type as those described for the first filling material.

 たばこシートの組成は特に限定されないが、例えば、たばこ原料(たばこ葉)の含有量はたばこシート全重量に対して50重量%以上95重量%以下であることが好ましい。また、たばこシートはバインダを含んでもよく、係るバインダとしては、例えば、グアーガム、キサンタンガム、CMC(カルボキシメチルセルロース)、CMC-Na(カルボキシメチルセルロースのナトリウム塩)等が挙げられる。バインダ量としては、たばこシート全重量に対して1重量%以上、10重量%以下であることが好ましい。たばこシートはさらに他の添加物を含んでもよい。添加物としては、例えばパルプなどのフィラーを挙げることができる。本実施形態においては複数のたばこシートを用いるが、係るたばこシートはすべて同じ組成あるいは物性であってもよいし、各たばこシートの中の一部または全部が異なる組成あるいは物性であってもよい。 The composition of the tobacco sheet is not particularly limited, but for example, the content of tobacco raw material (tobacco leaves) is preferably 50% by weight or more and 95% by weight or less based on the total weight of the tobacco sheet. The tobacco sheet may also contain a binder, and examples of such binders include guar gum, xanthan gum, CMC (carboxymethylcellulose), CMC-Na (sodium salt of carboxymethylcellulose), etc. The amount of binder is preferably 1% by weight or more and 10% by weight or less based on the total weight of the tobacco sheet. The tobacco sheet may further contain other additives. Examples of additives include fillers such as pulp. In this embodiment, multiple tobacco sheets are used, and the tobacco sheets may all have the same composition or physical properties, or some or all of the tobacco sheets may have different compositions or physical properties.

 各たばこシートの厚みについては制限されないが、伝熱効率と強度の兼ね合いから、150μm以上、1000μm以下が好ましく、200μm以上、600μm以下がより好ましい。各たばこシートの厚みについては、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 There are no restrictions on the thickness of each tobacco sheet, but in terms of the balance between heat transfer efficiency and strength, a thickness of 150 μm or more and 1000 μm or less is preferable, and a thickness of 200 μm or more and 600 μm or less is even more preferable. The thicknesses of each tobacco sheet may be the same or different.

 香味発生部220は、乾燥たばこ葉(乾燥済みのたばこ葉)と、多糖類のゲル中に香料が包含されている香料含有材料とを含んでもよい。香料含有材料は、多糖類のゲル中に香料が包含された材料であり、香料含有材料を香味発生部220に配合することで、喫煙初期から後期にわたってパフ毎の香料デリバリ量のばらつきが抑制され、良好な香味を継続して得ることができる。本発明者らは、その理由について、次のように推測している。まず、香味発生物品110は、図1に示した香味吸引器120に挿入し、一定時間の予備加熱を行った後に喫煙を開始するところ、香味発生部220に香料を直接配合した場合、香料は予備加熱中に揮散し、喫煙初期にその大部分がデリバリされるので、喫煙後期において香料のデリバリ量が不十分になると考えられる。これに対して、香味発生部220に香料含有材料を配合した場合は、香料が多糖類のゲルで被覆されているため、予備加熱中の香料の揮散が抑制され、喫煙中に香料が徐々に放出される。そのため、喫煙後期でも香料のデリバリ量を十分確保できると推測される。 The flavor generating section 220 may contain dried tobacco leaves (dried tobacco leaves) and a flavor-containing material in which a flavor is encapsulated in a polysaccharide gel. The flavor-containing material is a material in which a flavor is encapsulated in a polysaccharide gel, and by incorporating the flavor-containing material in the flavor generating section 220, the variation in the amount of flavor delivered per puff is suppressed from the early to late stages of smoking, and a good flavor can be continuously obtained. The inventors speculate that the reason for this is as follows. First, the flavor generating article 110 is inserted into the flavor inhaler 120 shown in FIG. 1 and smoking is started after a certain period of preheating. If a flavor is directly incorporated into the flavor generating section 220, the flavor volatilizes during preheating and most of it is delivered in the early stages of smoking, so it is thought that the amount of flavor delivered in the later stages of smoking will be insufficient. In contrast, when a flavor-containing material is blended into the flavor generating section 220, the flavor is coated with a polysaccharide gel, which suppresses the flavor from evaporating during preheating and gradually releases the flavor during smoking. Therefore, it is assumed that a sufficient amount of flavor can be delivered even in the later stages of smoking.

 以下、香料含有材料の成分について説明する。香料の種類は、特に限定されず、良好な香調の付与の観点から、香料の例として、アセトアニソール、アセトフェノン、アセチルピラジン、2-アセチルチアゾール、アルファルファエキストラクト、アミルアルコール、酪酸アミル、トランス-アネトール、スターアニス油、リンゴ果汁、ペルーバルサム油、ミツロウアブソリュート、ベンズアルデヒド、ベンゾインレジノイド、ベンジルアルコール、安息香酸ベンジル、フェニル酢酸ベンジル、プロピオン酸ベンジル、2,3-ブタンジオン、2-ブタノール、酪酸ブチル、酪酸、カラメル、カルダモン油、キャロブアブソリュート、β-カロテン、ニンジンジュース、L-カルボン、β-カリオフィレン、カシア樹皮油、シダーウッド油、セロリーシード油、カモミル油、シンナムアルデヒド、ケイ皮酸、シンナミルアルコール、ケイ皮酸シンナミル、シトロネラ油、DL-シトロネロール、クラリセージエキストラクト、ココア、コーヒー、コニャック油、コリアンダー油、クミンアルデヒド、ダバナ油、δ-デカラクトン、γ-デカラクトン、デカン酸、ディルハーブ油、3,4-ジメチル-1,2-シクロペンタンジオン、4,5-ジメチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,5-ジヒドロフラン-2-オン、3,7-ジメチル-6-オクテン酸、2,3-ジメチルピラジン、2,5-ジメチルピラジン、2,6-ジメチルピラジン、2-メチル酪酸エチル、酢酸エチル、酪酸エチル、ヘキサン酸エチル、イソ吉草酸エチル、乳酸エチル、ラウリン酸エチル、レブリン酸エチル、エチルマルトール、オクタン酸エチル、オレイン酸エチル、パルミチン酸エチル、フェニル酢酸エチル、プロピオン酸エチル、ステアリン酸エチル、吉草酸エチル、エチルバニリン、エチルバニリングルコシド、2-エチル-3,(5または6)-ジメチルピラジン、5-エチル-3-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2(5H)-フラノン、2-エチル-3-メチルピラジン、ユーカリプトール、フェネグリークアブソリュート、ジェネアブソリュート、リンドウ根インフュージョン、ゲラニオール、酢酸ゲラニル、ブドウ果汁、グアヤコール、グァバエキストラクト、γ-ヘプタラクトン、γ-ヘキサラクトン、ヘキサン酸、シス-3-ヘキセン-1-オール、酢酸ヘキシル、ヘキシルアルコール、フェニル酢酸ヘキシル、ハチミツ、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ペンテン酸ラクトン、4-ヒドロキシ-4-(3-ヒドロキシ-1-ブテニル)-3,5,5-トリメチル-2-シクロヘキセン-1-オン、4-(パラ-ヒドロキシフェニル)-2-ブタノン、4-ヒドロキシウンデカン酸ナトリウム、インモルテルアブソリュート、β-イオノン、酢酸イソアミル、酪酸イソアミル、フェニル酢酸イソアミル、酢酸イソブチル、フェニル酢酸イソブチル、ジャスミンアブソリュート、コーラナッツティンクチャー、ラブダナム油、レモンテルペンレス油、カンゾウエキストラクト、リナロール、酢酸リナリル、ロベージ根油、マルトール、メープルシロップ、メンソール、メントン、酢酸L-メンチル、パラメトキシベンズアルデヒド、メチル-2-ピロリルケトン、アントラニル酸メチル、フェニル酢酸メチル、サリチル酸メチル、4’-メチルアセトフェノン、メチルシクロペンテノロン、3-メチル吉草酸、ミモザアブソリュート、トウミツ、ミリスチン酸、ネロール、ネロリドール、γ-ノナラクトン、ナツメグ油、δ-オクタラクトン、オクタナール、オクタン酸、オレンジフラワー油、オレンジ油、オリス根油、パルミチン酸、ω-ペンタデカラクトン、ペパーミント油、プチグレインパラグアイ油、フェネチルアルコール、フェニル酢酸フェネチル、フェニル酢酸、ピペロナール、プラムエキストラクト、プロペニルグアエトール、酢酸プロピル、3-プロピリデンフタリド、プルーン果汁、ピルビン酸、レーズンエキストラクト、ローズ油、ラム酒、セージ油、サンダルウッド油、スペアミント油、スチラックスアブソリュート、マリーゴールド油、ティーディスティレート、α-テルピネオール、酢酸テルピニル、5,6,7,8-テトラヒドロキノキサリン、1,5,5,9-テトラメチル-13-オキサシクロ(8.3.0.0(4.9))トリデカン、2,3,5,6-テトラメチルピラジン、タイム油、トマトエキストラクト、2-トリデカノン、クエン酸トリエチル、4-(2,6,6-トリメチル-1-シクロヘキセニル)2-ブテン-4-オン、2,6,6-トリメチル-2-シクロヘキセン-1,4-ジオン、4-(2,6,6-トリメチル-1,3-シクロヘキサジエニル)2-ブテン-4-オン、2,3,5-トリメチルピラジン、γ-ウンデカラクトン、γ-バレロラクトン、バニラエキストラクト、バニリン、ベラトルアルデヒド、バイオレットリーフアブソリュート、N-エチル-p-メンタン-3-カルボアミド(WS-3)、エチル-2-(p-メンタン-3-カルボキサミド)アセテート(WS-5)が挙げられ、特にメンソールが好ましい。また、これらの香料は1種を単独で使用してもよいし、又は2種以上を併用してもよい。 The components of the fragrance-containing material are described below. The type of fragrance is not particularly limited, and examples of fragrances from the viewpoint of imparting a good fragrance tone include acetanisole, acetophenone, acetylpyrazine, 2-acetylthiazole, alfalfa extract, amyl alcohol, amyl butyrate, trans-anethole, star anise oil, apple juice, Peru balsam oil, beeswax absolute, benzaldehyde, benzoin resinoid, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, benzyl phenylacetate, benzyl propionate, 2,3-butanedione, 2-butanol, butyl butyrate, butyric acid, caramel, cardamom oil, carob absolute, etc. Lute, β-carotene, carrot juice, L-carvone, β-caryophyllene, cassia bark oil, cedarwood oil, celery seed oil, chamomile oil, cinnamaldehyde, cinnamic acid, cinnamyl alcohol, cinnamyl cinnamate, citronella oil, DL-citronellol, clary sage extract, cocoa, coffee, konjac oil, coriander oil, cuminaldehyde, davana oil, δ-decalactone, γ-decalactone, decanoic acid, dill herb oil, 3,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanedione, 4,5-dimethyl-3-hydroxy-2,5-dihydrofuran-2- on, 3,7-dimethyl-6-octenoic acid, 2,3-dimethylpyrazine, 2,5-dimethylpyrazine, 2,6-dimethylpyrazine, ethyl 2-methylbutyrate, ethyl acetate, ethyl butyrate, ethyl hexanoate, ethyl isovalerate, ethyl lactate, ethyl laurate, ethyl levulinate, ethyl maltol, ethyl octanoate, ethyl oleate, ethyl palmitate, ethyl phenylacetate, ethyl propionate, ethyl stearate, ethyl valerate, ethyl vanillin, ethyl vanillin glucoside, 2-ethyl-3,(5 or 6)-dimethylpyrazine, 5-ethyl-3-hydroxy-4- Methyl-2(5H)-furanone, 2-ethyl-3-methylpyrazine, eucalyptol, fenugreek absolute, gene absolute, gentian root infusion, geraniol, geranyl acetate, grape juice, guaiacol, guava extract, gamma-heptalactone, gamma-hexalactone, hexanoic acid, cis-3-hexen-1-ol, hexyl acetate, hexyl alcohol, phenylhexyl acetate, honey, 4-hydroxy-3-pentenoic acid lactone, 4-hydroxy-4-(3-hydroxy-1-butenyl)-3,5,5-trimethyl-2-cyclohexene 1-one, 4-(para-hydroxyphenyl)-2-butanone, sodium 4-hydroxyundecanoate, immortelle absolute, β-ionone, isoamyl acetate, isoamyl butyrate, isoamyl phenylacetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl phenylacetate, jasmine absolute, cola nut tincture, labdanum oil, lemon terpeneless oil, licorice extract, linalool, linalyl acetate, lovage root oil, maltol, maple syrup, menthol, menthone, L-menthyl acetate, paramethoxybenzaldehyde, methyl-2-pyrrolyl ketone , Methyl anthranilate, Methyl phenylacetate, Methyl salicylate, 4'-Methylacetophenone, Methylcyclopentenolone, 3-Methylvaleric acid, Mimosa absolute, Honey bean, Myristic acid, Nerol, Nerolidol, γ-Nonalactone, Nutmeg oil, δ-Octalactone, Octanal, Octanoic acid, Orange flower oil, Orange oil, Orris root oil, Palmitic acid, ω-Pentadecalactone, Peppermint oil, Petitgrain Paraguay oil, Phenethyl alcohol, Phenethyl phenylacetate, Phenylacetic acid, Piperonal, Plum extract, Propenyl guaiacetate , propyl acetate, 3-propylidenephthalide, prune juice, pyruvic acid, raisin extract, rose oil, rum, sage oil, sandalwood oil, spearmint oil, styrax absolute, marigold oil, tea distillate, alpha-terpineol, terpinyl acetate, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoxaline, 1,5,5,9-tetramethyl-13-oxacyclo(8.3.0.0(4.9))tridecane, 2,3,5,6-tetramethylpyrazine, thyme oil, tomato extract, 2-tridecanone, triethyl citrate, 4-(2,6,6-trimethylpyrazine, 1,5,5,9-tetramethyl-13-oxacyclo(8.3.0.0(4.9))tridecane ... trimethyl-1-cyclohexenyl) 2-buten-4-one, 2,6,6-trimethyl-2-cyclohexene-1,4-dione, 4-(2,6,6-trimethyl-1,3-cyclohexadienyl) 2-buten-4-one, 2,3,5-trimethylpyrazine, γ-undecalactone, γ-valerolactone, vanilla extract, vanillin, veratraldehyde, violet leaf absolute, N-ethyl-p-menthane-3-carboxamide (WS-3), ethyl-2-(p-menthane-3-carboxamide) acetate (WS-5), with menthol being particularly preferred. These flavorings may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 香料含有材料中の香料の含有量は、香料の種類、多糖類の種類等にもよるが、通常18質量%以上、好ましくは50質量%以上、より好ましくは60質量%以上、また、通常90質量%以下、好ましくは80質量%以下である。 The amount of flavoring contained in the flavoring-containing material varies depending on the type of flavoring, the type of polysaccharide, etc., but is usually 18% by mass or more, preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and is usually 90% by mass or less, preferably 80% by mass or less.

 多糖類の種類は、特に限定されないが、カラギーナン、寒天、ゲランガム、タマリンドガム、サイリウムシードガム若しくはコンニャクグルコマンナンの単成分系;又はカラギーナン、ローカストビーンガム、グアーガム、寒天、ゲランガム、タマリンドガム、キサンタンガム、タラガム、コンニャクグルコマンナン、デンプン、カシアガム及びサイリウムシードガムから成る群から選択される2以上の成分を組み合わせた複合系;であることが好ましい。これらの多糖類は、水溶液中において30℃~90℃に加熱するだけでゲル化するため、香料含有材料調製の際に金属塩化物等のゲル化反応剤を必要とせず、塩化物の分解物のような喫煙時に好ましくない成分を主流煙中に発生させない点で好ましい。 The type of polysaccharide is not particularly limited, but is preferably a single-component system of carrageenan, agar, gellan gum, tamarind gum, psyllium seed gum, or konjac glucomannan; or a composite system combining two or more components selected from the group consisting of carrageenan, locust bean gum, guar gum, agar, gellan gum, tamarind gum, xanthan gum, tara gum, konjac glucomannan, starch, cassia gum, and psyllium seed gum. These polysaccharides are preferred in that they gel simply by heating to 30°C to 90°C in an aqueous solution, so no gelling agent such as metal chlorides is required when preparing the flavor-containing material, and they do not generate undesirable components in the mainstream smoke during smoking, such as decomposition products of chlorides.

 香料含有材料には、その調製の際に原料を乳化するために用いられる乳化剤が含まれていてもよい。乳化剤の種類は、特に限定されず、例えばレシチン、グリセリン脂肪酸エステル、ポリグリセリン脂肪酸エステル、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プロピレングリコール脂肪酸エステル、ショ糖脂肪酸エステル等が挙げられ、好ましくはレシチンである。なお、これらの乳化剤は1種を単独で使用してもよいし、又は2種以上を併用してもよい。 The fragrance-containing material may contain an emulsifier used to emulsify the raw materials during preparation. There are no particular limitations on the type of emulsifier, and examples include lecithin, glycerin fatty acid esters, polyglycerin fatty acid esters, sorbitan fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, propylene glycol fatty acid esters, and sucrose fatty acid esters, with lecithin being preferred. These emulsifiers may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.

 香料含有材料の調製方法は、特に限定されず、公知の方法に準じた方法により調製することができる。公知の方法としては、国際公開第2011/118040号、特開2013-099349号公報、国際公開第2012/118034号等に記載の方法が挙げられる。より具体的には、香料含有材料は、例えば下記工程(i)及び(ii)を含む方法により調製することができる。
 (i)多糖類と水との混合物を、通常30℃~90℃、好ましくは60℃~90℃に加熱することで、多糖類の水溶液を調製する工程;及び
 (ii)前記水溶液に香料、及び必要に応じて乳化剤を加えて混練し、乳化物スラリーを得る工程。
The method for preparing the fragrance-containing material is not particularly limited, and the material can be prepared by a method similar to a known method. Known methods include those described in WO 2011/118040, JP 2013-099349, WO 2012/118034, etc. More specifically, the fragrance-containing material can be prepared, for example, by a method including the following steps (i) and (ii).
(i) preparing an aqueous solution of a polysaccharide by heating a mixture of a polysaccharide and water to a temperature of typically 30°C to 90°C, preferably 60°C to 90°C; and (ii) adding a flavoring and, if necessary, an emulsifier to the aqueous solution and kneading the mixture to obtain an emulsion slurry.

 香味発生部220中の香料含有材料の含有量は、香料含有材料中の香料含有量にもよるが、乾燥たばこ葉に対して通常1質量%以上、好ましくは5質量%以上、また、通常20質量%以下、好ましくは10質量%以下である。また、香味発生部220は、香料含有材料に含まれる香料の含有量が通常1mg以上、好ましくは5mg以上、より好ましくは10mg以上、また、通常30mg以下、好ましくは20mg以下となるよう香料含有材料を含む。香味発生部220中の香料含有材料の含有量を上記範囲内とすることで、良好な香調を付与することができるだけでなく、喫煙初期から後期にわたってパフ毎の香料デリバリ量のばらつきを抑制することができ、また、喫煙の初期、中期、及び後期のいずれにおいても十分なデリバリ量を確保することができる。 The content of the flavor-containing material in the flavor generating section 220 depends on the content of the flavor in the flavor-containing material, but is usually 1% by mass or more, preferably 5% by mass or more, and usually 20% by mass or less, preferably 10% by mass or less, based on the dried tobacco leaves. The flavor generating section 220 contains the flavor-containing material such that the content of the flavor contained in the flavor-containing material is usually 1 mg or more, preferably 5 mg or more, more preferably 10 mg or more, and usually 30 mg or less, preferably 20 mg or less. By setting the content of the flavor-containing material in the flavor generating section 220 within the above range, not only can a good flavor tone be imparted, but also the variation in the amount of flavor delivered per puff can be suppressed from the early to late stages of smoking, and a sufficient amount of delivery can be ensured in all stages of smoking, from the early to late stages.

 香味発生部220への香料含有材料の配合の態様は特に限定されず、香味源221を巻装する巻紙222の内側及び/又は外側に香料含有材料を配置してもよく、巻紙222に香料含有材料が含浸されていてもよく、たばこ充填物中に香料含有材料が配合されていてもよい。香味源221を巻装する巻紙222の内側及び/又は外側に香料含有材料を配置する場合、上記乳化物スラリーを巻紙222に塗布するか、上記乳化物スラリーを基材上に順次キャスティング及び乾燥することで香料含有シートに加工して巻紙とともに香味源221を巻装すればよい。香料含有材料で含浸された巻紙222は、巻紙222に上記乳化物スラリーを含浸し、乾燥することで作製することができる。また、香料含有材料をたばこ充填物中に配合する場合は、上記乳化物スラリーを乾燥たばこ葉に塗布又は含浸してもよく、前述の香料含有シート又はその裁刻物若しくは粉砕物を乾燥たばこと混合してもよい。 The manner in which the flavor-containing material is blended into the flavor generating section 220 is not particularly limited, and the flavor-containing material may be disposed inside and/or outside the cigarette paper 222 that wraps the flavor source 221, the cigarette paper 222 may be impregnated with the flavor-containing material, or the flavor-containing material may be blended into the tobacco filler. When the flavor-containing material is disposed inside and/or outside the cigarette paper 222 that wraps the flavor source 221, the emulsion slurry may be applied to the cigarette paper 222, or the emulsion slurry may be sequentially cast onto a substrate and dried to form a flavor-containing sheet, and the flavor source 221 may be wrapped together with the cigarette paper. The cigarette paper 222 impregnated with the flavor-containing material may be produced by impregnating the cigarette paper 222 with the emulsion slurry and drying it. In addition, when blending a flavor-containing material into a tobacco filler, the emulsion slurry may be applied to or impregnated into dried tobacco leaves, or the flavor-containing sheet or its shredded or crushed material may be mixed with dried tobacco.

 図2及び図3(a)に示すように、香味源221はブロック状であってもよいし、例えば筒状であってもよい。香味源221が筒状である場合、香味源221の内側に、香味源221及び先端プラグ112が隣接する方向に延びる空隙が形成され得る。この場合、香味発生物品110の外側に香味源221が位置し、香味源221の内側に空隙が位置するので、香味吸引器120において香味発生物品110を外側から加熱する場合に、効率よく香味源221を加熱することができる。また、香味発生物品110を外側から加熱する香味吸引器120を使用する場合に、熱が伝わりにくく、蒸気又はエアロゾルの発生に寄与しにくい位置である香味発生物品110の内側に香味源221が配置されないので、蒸気又はエアロゾルの量の低下を抑制しながら、香味源221の量を節約することができる。筒状の香味源221は、例えば、シート状の香味源221を丸めて筒状に形成されてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3(a), the flavor source 221 may be block-shaped or may be cylindrical, for example. When the flavor source 221 is cylindrical, a gap may be formed inside the flavor source 221, extending in the direction in which the flavor source 221 and the tip plug 112 are adjacent to each other. In this case, the flavor source 221 is located outside the flavor generating article 110, and the gap is located inside the flavor source 221, so that when the flavor generating article 110 is heated from the outside in the flavor inhaler 120, the flavor source 221 can be heated efficiently. In addition, when using a flavor inhaler 120 that heats the flavor generating article 110 from the outside, the flavor source 221 is not disposed inside the flavor generating article 110, which is a position where heat is not easily transmitted and does not easily contribute to the generation of steam or aerosol, so that the amount of the flavor source 221 can be saved while suppressing a decrease in the amount of steam or aerosol. The cylindrical flavor source 221 may be formed, for example, by rolling a sheet-like flavor source 221 into a cylindrical shape.

 香味発生物品110で使用される巻紙222の構成は、特段制限されず、一般的な態様とすることができる。具体的には例えば、巻紙は、パルプを主成分とすることができる。パルプとしては、針葉樹パルプや広葉樹パルプ等の木材パルプ、亜麻パルプ、大麻パルプ、サイザル麻パルプ、及びエスパルト等、一般的にたばこ製品用の巻紙に使用されるパルプを使用でき、巻紙は、これらのパルプの一以上を抄造して得られる。これらのパルプは、単独の種類で用いてもよく、複数の種類を任意の割合で組み合わせて用いてもよい。パルプの態様としては、クラフト蒸解法、酸性・中性・アルカリ亜硫酸塩蒸解法、及びソーダ塩蒸解法等によって得られる化学パルプ、グランドパルプ、ケミグランドパルプ、及びサーモメカニカルパルプ等を使用できる。 The configuration of the cigarette paper 222 used in the flavor generating product 110 is not particularly limited and can be of a general type. Specifically, for example, the cigarette paper can be mainly composed of pulp. Pulp can be wood pulp such as softwood pulp or hardwood pulp, flax pulp, hemp pulp, sisal pulp, esparto, or other pulp generally used for cigarette paper for tobacco products, and the cigarette paper can be obtained by papermaking one or more of these pulps. These pulps can be used alone or in combination of multiple types in any ratio. Pulp can be chemical pulp obtained by kraft cooking, acidic/neutral/alkaline sulfite cooking, soda salt cooking, ground pulp, chemi-ground pulp, thermomechanical pulp, etc.

 上記パルプを用いて長網抄紙機、円網抄紙機、又は円短複合抄紙機等による抄紙工程において、地合いを整え均一化して巻紙が製造され得る。なお、必要に応じて、湿潤紙力増強剤を添加して巻紙に耐水性を付与したり、サイズ剤を添加して巻紙の印刷具合の調整を行ったりすることができる。さらに、巻紙には、抄紙用内添助剤及び製紙用添加剤を添加することができる。抄紙用内添助剤は、例えば、硫酸バンド、各種のアニオン性、カチオン性、ノニオン性、又は両性の歩留まり向上剤、濾水性向上剤、及び紙力増強剤等を含むことができる。製紙用添加剤は、例えば、染料、pH調整剤、消泡剤、ピッチコントロール剤、及びスライムコントロール剤等を含むことができる。 The above pulp can be used in a papermaking process using a Fourdrinier papermaking machine, a cylinder papermaking machine, or a combined cylinder/cylinder papermaking machine to produce a wrapping paper with a uniform texture. If necessary, a wet strength agent can be added to the wrapping paper to impart water resistance, or a sizing agent can be added to adjust the printing condition of the wrapping paper. Furthermore, a papermaking internal additive and a papermaking additive can be added to the wrapping paper. The papermaking internal additive can include, for example, aluminum sulfate, various anionic, cationic, nonionic, or amphoteric retention improvers, drainage improvers, and paper strength enhancers. The papermaking additive can include, for example, dyes, pH adjusters, defoamers, pitch control agents, slime control agents, and the like.

 巻紙の原紙の坪量は、例えば通常30gsm以上であり、好ましくは35gsm以上である。一方、上記坪量は通常70gsm以下、好ましくは50gsm以下、さらに好ましくは45gsm以下である。上記の特性を有する巻紙の厚みは、特に限定されず、剛性、通気性、及び製紙時の調整の容易性の観点から、40μm以上であることが好ましく、また、通常100μm以下であり、好ましくは75μm以下であり、より好ましくは60μm以下である。香味発生物品110の巻紙として、その形状は正方形又は長方形を挙げることができる。香味源221を巻装するため(香味発生部220を製造するため)の巻紙222の場合、巻紙222の一辺の長さが12mm~70mm程度であり得、他辺(上記一辺と接続する辺)の長さが、15mm~28mmであり得、好ましくは22mm~24mmであり得、さらに好ましくは23mm程度であり得る。 The basis weight of the base paper of the wrapping paper is, for example, usually 30 gsm or more, preferably 35 gsm or more. On the other hand, the above basis weight is usually 70 gsm or less, preferably 50 gsm or less, and more preferably 45 gsm or less. The thickness of the wrapping paper having the above characteristics is not particularly limited, and is preferably 40 μm or more from the viewpoints of rigidity, breathability, and ease of adjustment during papermaking, and is usually 100 μm or less, preferably 75 μm or less, and more preferably 60 μm or less. The wrapping paper of the flavor-generating product 110 may have a square or rectangular shape. In the case of the wrapping paper 222 for wrapping the flavor source 221 (for manufacturing the flavor-generating section 220), the length of one side of the wrapping paper 222 may be about 12 mm to 70 mm, and the length of the other side (the side connected to the above side) may be 15 mm to 28 mm, preferably 22 mm to 24 mm, and more preferably about 23 mm.

 香味源221を巻紙222で柱状に巻装する際、例えば幅方向の巻紙222の端部とその逆側の端部を2mm程度重ねて糊付けされ得る。これにより、巻紙222は柱状の紙管の形状となり、その中に香味源221が充填される。長方形形状の巻紙222のサイズは、香味発生部220のサイズによって決めることができる。香味発生部220と香味発生部220に隣接するその他の部材を連結して巻装する巻紙の場合、一辺の長さが20mm~60mmであり得、他辺(上記一辺と接続する辺)の長さが15mm~28mmであり得る。 When wrapping the flavor source 221 in the wrapping paper 222 in a cylindrical shape, for example, the end of the wrapping paper 222 in the width direction and the end on the opposite side can be overlapped by about 2 mm and glued together. This gives the wrapping paper 222 a cylindrical paper tube shape, into which the flavor source 221 is filled. The size of the rectangular wrapping paper 222 can be determined depending on the size of the flavor generating unit 220. In the case of wrapping paper that connects and wraps the flavor generating unit 220 and other components adjacent to the flavor generating unit 220, the length of one side can be 20 mm to 60 mm, and the length of the other side (the side connected to the above side) can be 15 mm to 28 mm.

 上記のパルプの他に、巻紙には填料が含まれてもよい。填料の含有量は、巻紙の全重量に対して10重量%以上60重量%未満であり得、15重量%以上45重量%以下であることが好ましい。巻紙の坪量が好ましい範囲(35gsm以上50gsm以下)である場合、填料は15重量%以上45重量%以下であることが好ましい。さらに、巻紙の坪量が35gsm超50gsm以下の場合、填料は25重量%以上45重量%以下であることが好ましい。填料としては、炭酸カルシウム、二酸化チタン、及びカオリン等を使用することができるが、香味や白色度を高める観点等から炭酸カルシウムを使用することが好ましい。 In addition to the pulp, the wrapping paper may contain a filler. The content of the filler may be 10% by weight or more and less than 60% by weight, and preferably 15% by weight or more and 45% by weight or less, based on the total weight of the wrapping paper. When the basis weight of the wrapping paper is in the preferred range (35 gsm or more and 50 gsm or less), the filler is preferably 15% by weight or more and 45% by weight or less. Furthermore, when the basis weight of the wrapping paper is more than 35 gsm and 50 gsm or less, the filler is preferably 25% by weight or more and 45% by weight or less. As the filler, calcium carbonate, titanium dioxide, kaolin, etc. can be used, but it is preferable to use calcium carbonate from the viewpoint of enhancing flavor and whiteness, etc.

 巻紙には、原紙や填料以外の種々の助剤を添加してもよい。巻紙には例えば、耐水性を向上させるために、耐水性向上剤を添加することができる。耐水性向上剤には、湿潤紙力増強剤(WS剤)及びサイズ剤が含まれ得る。湿潤紙力増強剤は、例えば、尿素ホルムアルデヒド樹脂、メラミンホルムアルデヒド樹脂、及びポリアミドエピクロルヒドリン(PAE)等を含み得る。また、サイズ剤は例えば、ロジン石けん、アルキルケテンダイマー(AKD)、アルケニル無水コハク酸(ASA)、及びケン化度が90%以上の高ケン化ポリビニルアルコール等を含み得る。巻紙には、助剤として紙力増強剤を添加してもよい。紙力増強剤は、例えば、ポリアクリルアミド、カチオンでんぷん、酸化でんぷん、CMC、ポリアミドエピクロロヒドリン樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール等を含み得る。特に、酸化でんぷんについては、巻紙に助剤として極少量用いることにより、通気度が向上することが知られている(例えば特開2017-218699号公報参照)。 Various auxiliary agents other than the base paper and fillers may be added to the wrapping paper. For example, a water resistance improver may be added to the wrapping paper to improve water resistance. The water resistance improver may include a wet strength agent (WS agent) and a sizing agent. The wet strength agent may include, for example, urea formaldehyde resin, melamine formaldehyde resin, polyamide epichlorohydrin (PAE), etc. In addition, the sizing agent may include, for example, rosin soap, alkyl ketene dimer (AKD), alkenyl succinic anhydride (ASA), and highly saponified polyvinyl alcohol with a saponification degree of 90% or more. A paper strength agent may be added to the wrapping paper as an auxiliary agent. The paper strength agent may include, for example, polyacrylamide, cationic starch, oxidized starch, CMC, polyamide epichlorohydrin resin, polyvinyl alcohol, etc. In particular, it is known that the use of extremely small amounts of oxidized starch as an auxiliary agent in wrapping paper improves breathability (see, for example, JP 2017-218699 A).

 巻紙の表面及び裏面の少なくとも一方の面にコーティング剤が添加されてもよい。コーティング剤としては特に制限はないが、紙の表面に膜を形成し、液体の透過性を減少させることができるコーティング剤が好ましい。コーティング剤としては、例えばアルギン酸及びその塩(例えばナトリウム塩)、ペクチンのような多糖類、エチルセルロース、メチルセルロース、カルボキシメチルセルロース、ニトロセルロースのようなセルロース誘導体、デンプンやその誘導体(例えばカルボキシメチルデンプン、ヒドロキシアルキルデンプン及びカチオンデンプンのようなエーテル誘導体、酢酸デンプン、リン酸デンプン及びオクテニルコハク酸デンプンのようなエステル誘導体)を挙げることができる。 A coating agent may be added to at least one of the front and back surfaces of the wrapping paper. There are no particular limitations on the coating agent, but a coating agent that can form a film on the surface of the paper and reduce liquid permeability is preferred. Examples of coating agents include alginic acid and its salts (e.g., sodium salts), polysaccharides such as pectin, cellulose derivatives such as ethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, and nitrocellulose, starch and its derivatives (e.g., ether derivatives such as carboxymethyl starch, hydroxyalkyl starch, and cationic starch, and ester derivatives such as starch acetate, starch phosphate, and starch octenyl succinate).

 図2及び図3(a)に示すように、先端プラグ112は、香味発生物品110の先端に位置し、香味源221の端部を覆うように構成される。これにより、香味発生物品110から香味源221が落下することを防止できる。具体的には、先端プラグ112は、第1濾材211と、第1濾材211を巻装する第1インナプラグラップ212とを備えている。先端プラグ112は、第1濾材211に担持されたエアロゾル源を更に含んでもよい。 As shown in Figures 2 and 3(a), the tip plug 112 is located at the tip of the flavor generating article 110 and is configured to cover the end of the flavor source 221. This prevents the flavor source 221 from falling out of the flavor generating article 110. Specifically, the tip plug 112 includes a first filter material 211 and a first inner plug wrap 212 that wraps the first filter material 211. The tip plug 112 may further include an aerosol source supported by the first filter material 211.

 先端プラグ112の長軸方向の長さは、1mm以上であってもよく、3mm以上であることが好ましく、5mm以上であることがより好ましく、また、10mm以下であってよく、8mm以下であることが好ましい。先端プラグ112は所定長さに製造され、その後任意の長さに切断されて製造され得る。先端プラグ112が1mm未満の長さの場合、切断の際に形状が維持できず、例えば潰れる等の変形が生じる恐れがある。先端プラグ112の長手方向における長さが1mm以上であれば、先端プラグ112の製造を比較的容易に行うことができる。 The length of the tip plug 112 in the longitudinal direction may be 1 mm or more, preferably 3 mm or more, more preferably 5 mm or more, and may be 10 mm or less, preferably 8 mm or less. The tip plug 112 can be manufactured to a predetermined length and then cut to any length. If the tip plug 112 is less than 1 mm long, it may not be able to maintain its shape when cut, and there is a risk of deformation, such as crushing. If the length of the tip plug 112 in the longitudinal direction is 1 mm or more, the tip plug 112 can be manufactured relatively easily.

 第1インナプラグラップ212の材料は特段制限されず、公知のものを用いることができる。第1インナプラグラップ212は、炭酸カルシウム等の充填剤等を含んでいてよい。第1インナプラグラップ212の厚さは、特段制限されず、通常20μm以上140μm以下であり、30μm以上130μm以下であることが好ましく、30μm以上120μm以下であることがより好ましい。第1インナプラグラップ212の坪量は、特段制限されず、通常20gsm以上100gsm以下であり、22gsm以上95gsm以下であることが好ましく、23gsm以上90gsm以下であることがより好ましい。また、第1インナプラグラップ212は、コーティングされていても、されていなくともよいが、強度や構造剛性以外の機能を付与できる観点からは、所望の材料でコーティングされることが好ましい。 The material of the first inner plug wrap 212 is not particularly limited, and any known material can be used. The first inner plug wrap 212 may contain a filler such as calcium carbonate. The thickness of the first inner plug wrap 212 is not particularly limited, and is usually 20 μm to 140 μm, preferably 30 μm to 130 μm, and more preferably 30 μm to 120 μm. The basis weight of the first inner plug wrap 212 is not particularly limited, and is usually 20 gsm to 100 gsm, preferably 22 gsm to 95 gsm, and more preferably 23 gsm to 90 gsm. The first inner plug wrap 212 may be coated or uncoated, but is preferably coated with a desired material from the viewpoint of imparting functions other than strength and structural rigidity.

 図2に示すように香味発生物品110は、香味源221の下流側に配置された下流部130を有することが好ましい。この場合、下流部130において、香味源221で生じた蒸気又はエアロゾルを冷却したり、フィルタリングしたりすることができる。具体的には、下流部130は、フィルタプラグ250を含むことが好ましい。これにより、フィルタプラグ250において、香味源で生じた蒸気又はエアロゾルを冷却及びフィルタリングできる。 As shown in FIG. 2, the flavor generating article 110 preferably has a downstream section 130 disposed downstream of the flavor source 221. In this case, the downstream section 130 can cool and filter the vapor or aerosol generated in the flavor source 221. Specifically, the downstream section 130 preferably includes a filter plug 250. This allows the filter plug 250 to cool and filter the vapor or aerosol generated in the flavor source.

 フィルタプラグ250は、香味発生物品110の吸い口側の端部に位置している。フィルタプラグ250は、第2濾材251と、第2濾材251を巻装する第2インナプラグラップ252とを備えている。第2濾材251に用いられるフィルタ濾材は、一般的なフィルタとしての機能を有していれば特に制限されない。フィルタの一般的な機能として、例えば、エアロゾル等を吸引する際に混ざる空気量の調整や、香味の軽減、ニコチンやタールの軽減等が挙げられるが、第2濾材251に用いられるフィルタ濾材がこれらの機能を全て備えていることは要しない。また、紙巻きたばこ製品と比較して、生成される成分が少なく、たばこ充填物の充填率が低くなる傾向のある電気加熱式たばこ製品においては、濾過機能を抑えつつたばこ充填物の落下を防止する、ということも重要な機能の一つである。 The filter plug 250 is located at the end of the flavor generating article 110 on the mouth side. The filter plug 250 includes a second filter material 251 and a second inner plug wrap 252 around which the second filter material 251 is wrapped. The filter material used for the second filter material 251 is not particularly limited as long as it has a general filter function. General functions of a filter include, for example, adjusting the amount of air mixed in when inhaling aerosols, reducing flavor, and reducing nicotine and tar, but it is not necessary for the filter material used for the second filter material 251 to have all of these functions. In addition, in electrically heated tobacco products, which tend to generate fewer components and have a lower tobacco filler filling rate compared to cigarette products, one of the important functions is to suppress the filtering function while preventing the tobacco filler from falling.

 長手方向と直交する断面におけるフィルタプラグ250の形状は実質的に円形である。その円の直径は、製品のサイズに合わせて適宜変更し得るが、通常4.0mm以上9.0mm以下であり、4.5mm以上8.5mm以下であることが好ましく、5.0mm以上8.0mm以下であることがより好ましい。なお、フィルタプラグ250の上記断面が円形でない場合、上記の直径には、その断面の面積と同じ面積を有する円の直径が適用される。 The shape of the filter plug 250 in a cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction is substantially circular. The diameter of the circle can be changed as appropriate to suit the size of the product, but is usually 4.0 mm to 9.0 mm, preferably 4.5 mm to 8.5 mm, and more preferably 5.0 mm to 8.0 mm. If the cross section of the filter plug 250 is not circular, the above diameter applies to the diameter of a circle having the same area as the area of the cross section.

 長手方向と直交する断面におけるフィルタプラグ250の周の長さは、製品のサイズに合わせて適宜変更し得るが、通常14.0mm以上27.0mm以下であり、15.0mm以上26.0mm以下であることが好ましく、16.0mm以上25.0mm以下であることがより好ましい。 The circumference of the filter plug 250 in a cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction can be changed as appropriate to suit the size of the product, but is usually 14.0 mm or more and 27.0 mm or less, preferably 15.0 mm or more and 26.0 mm or less, and more preferably 16.0 mm or more and 25.0 mm or less.

 長手方向におけるフィルタプラグ250の長さは、製品のサイズに合わせて適宜変更し得るが、通常15mm以上35mm以下であり、17.5mm以上32.5mm以下であることが好ましく、20.0mm以上、30.0mm以下であることがより好ましい。フィルタプラグ250の形状や寸法が上記範囲となるように、第2濾材251に使用されるフィルタ濾材の形状や寸法を適宜調整できる。 The length of the filter plug 250 in the longitudinal direction can be changed as appropriate to suit the size of the product, but is usually 15 mm to 35 mm, preferably 17.5 mm to 32.5 mm, and more preferably 20.0 mm to 30.0 mm. The shape and dimensions of the filter medium used in the second filter medium 251 can be adjusted as appropriate so that the shape and dimensions of the filter plug 250 are within the above ranges.

 長手方向におけるフィルタプラグ250の長さ120mm当たりの通気抵抗は、特段制限されないが、通常40mmHO以上300mmHO以下であり、70mmHO以上280mmHO以下であることが好ましく、90mmHO以上260mmHO以下であることがより好ましい。上記の通気抵抗は、ISO標準法(ISO6565)に従って、例えばセルリアン社製フィルタ通気抵抗測定器を使用して測定される。フィルタプラグの通気抵抗は、フィルタプラグの側面における空気の透過が行なわれない状態で一方の端面(第1端面)から他方の端面(第2端面)に所定の空気流量(17.5cc/sec)の空気を流した際の、第1端面と第2端面との気圧差を指す。単位は、一般的にはmmHOで表す。フィルタプラグの通気抵抗とフィルタプラグの長さとの関係は、通常実施する長さ範囲(長さ5mm~200mm)においては比例関係であることが知られていて、長さが倍になれば、フィルタプラグ250の通気抵抗は倍になる。 The airflow resistance per 120 mm of the filter plug 250 in the longitudinal direction is not particularly limited, but is usually 40 mmH 2 O to 300 mmH 2 O, preferably 70 mmH 2 O to 280 mmH 2 O, and more preferably 90 mmH 2 O to 260 mmH 2 O. The airflow resistance is measured according to the ISO standard method (ISO6565), for example, using a filter airflow resistance measuring device manufactured by Cerulean Co., Ltd. The airflow resistance of the filter plug refers to the air pressure difference between the first end face and the second end face when air is flowed at a predetermined air flow rate (17.5 cc/sec) from one end face (first end face) to the other end face (second end face) in a state in which air does not pass through the side face of the filter plug. The unit is generally expressed in mmH 2 O. It is known that the relationship between the airflow resistance of a filter plug and its length is proportional within the length range typically used (5 mm to 200 mm), and if the length is doubled, the airflow resistance of the filter plug 250 doubles.

 フィルタプラグ250の第2濾材251を構成するフィルタ濾材は、例えば、後述する製造方法により製造したものを用いても、市販品を用いてもよい。また、フィルタプラグ250の態様は、特段制限されず、単一のフィルタセグメントを含むプレーンフィルタや、デュアルフィルタ又はトリプルフィルタ等の複数のフィルタセグメントを含むマルチセグメントフィルタ等とすることができる。 The filter medium constituting the second filter medium 251 of the filter plug 250 may be, for example, one manufactured by the manufacturing method described below, or a commercially available product. The form of the filter plug 250 is not particularly limited, and it may be a plain filter including a single filter segment, or a multi-segment filter including multiple filter segments, such as a dual filter or triple filter.

 フィルタプラグ250は、公知の方法で製造することができ、例えば、セルロースアセテートトウの等の合成繊維を第2濾材251の材料として用いる場合、ポリマー及び溶媒を含むポリマー溶液を紡糸し、これを捲縮する方法により製造することができる。該方法としては、例えば、国際公開第2013/067511号に記載の方法を用いることができる。フィルタプラグ250の製造において、通気抵抗や、第2濾材251へ添加される添加物(公知の吸着剤や香料(例えばメンソール)、粒状の活性炭、香料保持材等)を適宜設計できる。 The filter plug 250 can be manufactured by a known method. For example, when synthetic fibers such as cellulose acetate tow are used as the material for the second filter medium 251, the filter plug 250 can be manufactured by spinning a polymer solution containing a polymer and a solvent and then shrinking the polymer solution. For example, the method described in International Publication No. 2013/067511 can be used as the method. In manufacturing the filter plug 250, the air resistance and the additives added to the second filter medium 251 (known adsorbents and fragrances (e.g., menthol), granular activated carbon, fragrance retention materials, etc.) can be appropriately designed.

 フィルタプラグ250を構成する第2濾材251の態様は特段制限されず、公知の態様を採用してよい。例えば、第2濾材251として、セルロースアセテートトウを円柱状に加工したものを使用できる。セルロースアセテートトウの単糸繊度、総繊度は特に限定されないが、円周22mmのフィルタプラグ250の場合は、単糸繊度は5g/9000m以上12g/9000m以下、総繊度は12000g/9000m以上35000g/9000m以下であることが好ましい。セルロースアセテートトウの繊維の断面形状は、円形、楕円形、Y字型、I字型、R字型等が挙げられる。セルロースアセテートトウを充填したフィルタの場合は、フィルタ硬さを向上させるためにトリアセチンをセルロースアセテートトウ重量に対して、5重量%以上、10重量%以下添加してもよい。また、該アセテートフィルタの代わりに、シート状のパルプ紙を充填したペーパフィルタを用いてもよい。 The form of the second filter material 251 constituting the filter plug 250 is not particularly limited, and a known form may be adopted. For example, cellulose acetate tow processed into a cylindrical shape can be used as the second filter material 251. The single thread fineness and total fineness of the cellulose acetate tow are not particularly limited, but in the case of a filter plug 250 with a circumference of 22 mm, the single thread fineness is preferably 5 g/9000 m or more and 12 g/9000 m or less, and the total fineness is preferably 12000 g/9000 m or more and 35000 g/9000 m or less. Examples of the cross-sectional shape of the fibers of the cellulose acetate tow include circular, elliptical, Y-shaped, I-shaped, and R-shaped. In the case of a filter filled with cellulose acetate tow, 5% by weight or more and 10% by weight or less of triacetin may be added to the cellulose acetate tow weight to improve the filter hardness. Also, instead of the acetate filter, a paper filter filled with sheet-like pulp paper may be used.

 第2濾材251の密度は、特段制限されないが、通常0.10g/cm以上0.25g/cm以下であり、0.11g/cm以上0.24g/cm以下であることが好ましく、0.12g/cm以上0.23g/cm以下であることがより好ましい。 The density of the second filter medium 251 is not particularly limited, but is usually 0.10 g/cm 3 or more and 0.25 g/cm 3 or less, preferably 0.11 g/cm 3 or more and 0.24 g/cm 3 or less, and more preferably 0.12 g/cm 3 or more and 0.23 g/cm 3 or less.

 フィルタプラグ250は、強度及び構造剛性の向上の観点から、後述する第2濾材251を巻装する第2インナプラグラップ252(巻取紙)を備えていてよい。第2インナプラグラップ252の態様は特段制限されず、一列以上の接着剤を含む継ぎ目を含んでいてよい。該接着剤は、特段限定されないが、酢酸ビニル系接着剤、ホットメルト接着剤を含んでいてよく、さらに該ホットメルト接着剤は、ポリビニルアルコールを含み得る。また、フィルタセグメントが二以上のセグメントからなる場合、第2インナプラグラップ252は、これらの二以上のセグメントを併せて巻装することが好ましい。 The filter plug 250 may include a second inner plug wrap 252 (wrap paper) around which the second filter medium 251 described below is wrapped, from the viewpoint of improving strength and structural rigidity. The form of the second inner plug wrap 252 is not particularly limited, and may include one or more rows of seams containing adhesive. The adhesive is not particularly limited, but may include a vinyl acetate adhesive or a hot melt adhesive, and the hot melt adhesive may further include polyvinyl alcohol. Furthermore, when the filter segment is made up of two or more segments, it is preferable that the second inner plug wrap 252 is wrapped around these two or more segments together.

 第2インナプラグラップ252の材料は特段制限されず、公知のものを用いることができ、また、炭酸カルシウム等の充填剤等を含んでいてよい。第2インナプラグラップ252の厚さは、特段制限されず、通常20μm以上140μm以下であり、30μm以上130μm以下であることが好ましく、30μm以上120μm以下であることがより好ましい。第2インナプラグラップ252の坪量は、特段制限されず、通常20gsm以上100gsm以下であり、22gsm以上95gsm以下であることが好ましく、23gsm以上90gsm以下であることがより好ましい。また、第2インナプラグラップ252は、コーティングされていても、されていなくともよいが、強度や構造剛性以外の機能を付与できる観点からは、所望の材料でコーティングされることが好ましい。 The material of the second inner plug wrap 252 is not particularly limited, and may be a known material, and may contain a filler such as calcium carbonate. The thickness of the second inner plug wrap 252 is not particularly limited, and is usually 20 μm to 140 μm, preferably 30 μm to 130 μm, and more preferably 30 μm to 120 μm. The basis weight of the second inner plug wrap 252 is not particularly limited, and is usually 20 gsm to 100 gsm, preferably 22 gsm to 95 gsm, and more preferably 23 gsm to 90 gsm. The second inner plug wrap 252 may be coated or uncoated, but is preferably coated with a desired material from the viewpoint of imparting functions other than strength and structural rigidity.

 図2及び図3(a)に示すように、中空フィルタ部240とフィルタプラグ250とは、例えばアウタプラグラップ260(外側巻取紙)で接続されていてもよい。アウタプラグラップ260は、例えば円筒状の紙であり得る。 As shown in Figures 2 and 3(a), the hollow filter portion 240 and the filter plug 250 may be connected, for example, by an outer plug wrap 260 (outer wrapping paper). The outer plug wrap 260 may be, for example, a cylindrical piece of paper.

 第2濾材251は、ゼラチン等の破砕可能な外殻を含む破砕可能な添加剤放出容器(例えば、カプセル)を含んでもよい。カプセル(当該技術分野では「添加剤放出容器」とも呼ばれる)の態様は特段制限されず、公知の態様を採用してよい。例えば、ゼラチン等の破砕可能な外殻を含む破砕可能な添加剤放出容器が採用され得る。この場合、カプセルは、たばこ製品の使用者により使用前、使用中、または使用後に破壊されると、カプセル内に含まれる液体又は物質(通常、香味剤)を放出し、次に、該液体又は物質は、たばこ製品を使用する間はたばこの煙に伝達され、使用後においては周囲の環境へと伝達される。 The second filter medium 251 may include a crushable additive release container (e.g., a capsule) that includes a crushable shell such as gelatin. The form of the capsule (also referred to in the art as an "additive release container") is not particularly limited, and any known form may be adopted. For example, a crushable additive release container that includes a crushable shell such as gelatin may be adopted. In this case, when the capsule is broken by a user of the tobacco product before, during, or after use, it releases a liquid or substance (usually a flavoring agent) contained within the capsule, which is then transferred to tobacco smoke during use of the tobacco product and to the surrounding environment after use.

 カプセルの形態は、特段限定されず、例えば、易破壊性のカプセルであってよく、その形状は球であることが好ましい。カプセルに含まれる添加剤としては、上述した任意の添加剤を含んでいてもよいが、特に、香味剤や活性炭素を含むことが好ましい。また、添加剤として、煙を濾過する一助となる1種類以上の材料を加えてもよい。添加剤の形態は、特段限定されないが、通常、液体又は個体である。なお、添加剤を含むカプセルの使用は、当技術分野において周知である。易破壊性のカプセルおよびその製造方法は、本技術分野において周知である。香味剤としては、例えば、メンソール、スペアミント、ペパーミント、フェヌグリーク、またはクローブ、中鎖脂肪酸トリグリセリド(MCT)等であってよい。香味剤は、メンソールである、またはメンソール等、又はこれらの組合せを用いることができる。 The capsule may have any shape, and may be, for example, a frangible capsule, and preferably has a spherical shape. The additive contained in the capsule may include any of the additives described above, and preferably includes flavorings and activated carbon. One or more materials that help filter smoke may also be added as additives. The additive may have any shape, and is usually a liquid or solid. The use of capsules containing additives is well known in the art. Frangible capsules and methods for producing them are well known in the art. The flavoring may be, for example, menthol, spearmint, peppermint, fenugreek, clove, medium chain triglyceride (MCT), or the like. The flavoring may be menthol, or menthol, or the like, or a combination thereof.

 本実施形態において、第2濾材251には香料が添加されてもよい。第2濾材251に香料が添加されていることで、たばこロッドを構成するたばこ充填物に香料を添加する従来技術に比べ、使用時の香料のデリバリ量が増大する。香料のデリバリ量の増加の程度は、後述する中空管部132に設けられている開孔の位置に応じてさらに増大する。第2濾材251に対する香料の添加方法については特に制限されず、香料の添加対象の第2濾材251において略均一に分散されるように添加すればよい。第2濾材251における香料の添加量としては、第2濾材251の10~100体積%の部分に添加する態様を挙げることができる。その添加方法としては、フィルタセグメントの構成前に予め第2濾材251に添加してもよく、フィルタ付シガレットの構成後に添加してもよい。 In this embodiment, a flavoring may be added to the second filter material 251. By adding a flavoring to the second filter material 251, the amount of flavoring delivered during use is increased compared to the conventional technology of adding a flavoring to the tobacco filler that constitutes the tobacco rod. The degree of increase in the amount of flavoring delivered is further increased depending on the position of the opening provided in the hollow tube portion 132 described below. There are no particular restrictions on the method of adding the flavoring to the second filter material 251, and it is sufficient to add the flavoring so that it is dispersed approximately uniformly in the second filter material 251 to which the flavoring is to be added. The amount of flavoring added to the second filter material 251 can be exemplified by adding the flavoring to 10 to 100% by volume of the second filter material 251. The flavoring may be added to the second filter material 251 in advance before the filter segment is constructed, or after the filter cigarette is constructed.

 当該香料の種類は、特に限定されず、良好な香味の付与の観点から、香料の例として、アセトアニソール、アセトフェノン、アセチルピラジン、2-アセチルチアゾール、アルファルファエキストラクト、アミルアルコール、酪酸アミル、トランス-アネトール、スターアニス油、リンゴ果汁、ペルーバルサム油、ミツロウアブソリュート、ベンズアルデヒド、ベンゾインレジノイド、ベンジルアルコール、安息香酸ベンジル、フェニル酢酸ベンジル、プロピオン酸ベンジル、2,3-ブタンジオン、2-ブタノール、酪酸ブチル、酪酸、カラメル、カルダモン油、キャロブアブソリュート、β-カロテン、ニンジンジュース、L-カルボン、β-カリオフィレン、カシア樹皮油、シダーウッド油、セロリーシード油、カモミル油、シンナムアルデヒド、ケイ皮酸、シンナミルアルコール、ケイ皮酸シンナミル、シトロネラ油、DL-シトロネロール、クラリセージエキストラクト、ココア、コーヒー、コニャック油、コリアンダー油、クミンアルデヒド、ダバナ油、δ-デカラクトン、γ-デカラクトン、デカン酸、ディルハーブ油、3,4-ジメチル-1,2-シクロペンタンジオン、4,5-ジメチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,5-ジヒドロフラン-2-オン、3,7-ジメチル-6-オクテン酸、2,3-ジメチルピラジン、2,5-ジメチルピラジン、2,6-ジメチルピラジン、2-メチル酪酸エチル、酢酸エチル、酪酸エチル、ヘキサン酸エチル、イソ吉草酸エチル、乳酸エチル、ラウリン酸エチル、レブリン酸エチル、エチルマルトール、オクタン酸エチル、オレイン酸エチル、パルミチン酸エチル、フェニル酢酸エチル、プロピオン酸エチル、ステアリン酸エチル、吉草酸エチル、エチルバニリン、エチルバニリングルコシド、2-エチル-3,(5または6)-ジメチルピラジン、5-エチル-3-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2(5H)-フラノン、2-エチル-3-メチルピラジン、ユーカリプトール、フェネグリークアブソリュート、ジェネアブソリュート、リンドウ根インフュージョン、ゲラニオール、酢酸ゲラニル、ブドウ果汁、グアヤコール、グァバエキストラクト、γ-ヘプタラクトン、γ-ヘキサラクトン、ヘキサン酸、シス-3-ヘキセン-1-オール、酢酸ヘキシル、ヘキシルアルコール、フェニル酢酸ヘキシル、ハチミツ、4-ヒドロキシ-3-ペンテン酸ラクトン、4-ヒドロキシ-4-(3-ヒドロキシ-1-ブテニル)-3,5,5-トリメチル-2-シクロヘキセン-1-オン、4-(パラ-ヒドロキシフェニル)-2-ブタノン、4-ヒドロキシウンデカン酸ナトリウム、インモルテルアブソリュート、β-イオノン、酢酸イソアミル、酪酸イソアミル、フェニル酢酸イソアミル、酢酸イソブチル、フェニル酢酸イソブチル、ジャスミンアブソリュート、コーラナッツティンクチャー、ラブダナム油、レモンテルペンレス油、カンゾウエキストラクト、リナロール、酢酸リナリル、ロベージ根油、マルトール、メープルシロップ、メンソール、メントン、酢酸L-メンチル、パラメトキシベンズアルデヒド、メチル-2-ピロリルケトン、アントラニル酸メチル、フェニル酢酸メチル、サリチル酸メチル、4’-メチルアセトフェノン、メチルシクロペンテノロン、3-メチル吉草酸、ミモザアブソリュート、トウミツ、ミリスチン酸、ネロール、ネロリドール、γ-ノナラクトン、ナツメグ油、δ-オクタラクトン、オクタナール、オクタン酸、オレンジフラワー油、オレンジ油、オリス根油、パルミチン酸、ω-ペンタデカラクトン、ペパーミント油、プチグレインパラグアイ油、フェネチルアルコール、フェニル酢酸フェネチル、フェニル酢酸、ピペロナール、プラムエキストラクト、プロペニルグアエトール、酢酸プロピル、3-プロピリデンフタリド、プルーン果汁、ピルビン酸、レーズンエキストラクト、ローズ油、ラム酒、セージ油、サンダルウッド油、スペアミント油、スチラックスアブソリュート、マリーゴールド油、ティーディスティレート、α-テルピネオール、酢酸テルピニル、5,6,7,8-テトラヒドロキノキサリン、1,5,5,9-テトラメチル-13-オキサシクロ(8.3.0.0(4.9))トリデカン、2,3,5,6-テトラメチルピラジン、タイム油、トマトエキストラクト、2-トリデカノン、クエン酸トリエチル、4-(2,6,6-トリメチル-1-シクロヘキセニル)2-ブテン-4-オン、2,6,6-トリメチル-2-シクロヘキセン-1,4-ジオン、4-(2,6,6-トリメチル-1,3-シクロヘキサジエニル)2-ブテン-4-オン、2,3,5-トリメチルピラジン、γ-ウンデカラクトン、γ-バレロラクトン、バニラエキストラクト、バニリン、ベラトルアルデヒド、バイオレットリーフアブソリュート、N-エチル-p-メンタン-3-カルボアミド(WS-3)、エチル-2-(p-メンタン-3-カルボキサミド)アセテート(WS-5)が挙げられ、特にメンソールが好ましい。また、これらの香料は1種を単独で、又は2種以上を併用してもよい。 The type of the flavoring is not particularly limited, and examples of flavorings from the viewpoint of imparting a good flavor include acetanisole, acetophenone, acetylpyrazine, 2-acetylthiazole, alfalfa extract, amyl alcohol, amyl butyrate, trans-anethole, star anise oil, apple juice, Peru balsam oil, beeswax absolute, benzaldehyde, benzoin resinoid, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, benzyl phenylacetate, benzyl propionate, 2,3-butanedione, 2-butanol, butyl butyrate, butyric acid, caramel, cardamom oil, carob oil, etc. Absolute, β-carotene, carrot juice, L-carvone, β-caryophyllene, cassia bark oil, cedarwood oil, celery seed oil, chamomile oil, cinnamaldehyde, cinnamic acid, cinnamyl alcohol, cinnamyl cinnamate, citronella oil, DL-citronellol, clary sage extract, cocoa, coffee, konjac oil, coriander oil, cuminaldehyde, davana oil, δ-decalactone, γ-decalactone, decanoic acid, dill herb oil, 3,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanedione, 4,5-dimethyl-3-hydroxy-2,5-dihydrofuran 2-one, 3,7-dimethyl-6-octenoic acid, 2,3-dimethylpyrazine, 2,5-dimethylpyrazine, 2,6-dimethylpyrazine, ethyl 2-methylbutyrate, ethyl acetate, ethyl butyrate, ethyl hexanoate, ethyl isovalerate, ethyl lactate, ethyl laurate, ethyl levulinate, ethyl maltol, ethyl octanoate, ethyl oleate, ethyl palmitate, ethyl phenylacetate, ethyl propionate, ethyl stearate, ethyl valerate, ethyl vanillin, ethyl vanillin glucoside, 2-ethyl-3,(5 or 6)-dimethylpyrazine, 5-ethyl-3-hydroxy- 4-Methyl-2(5H)-furanone, 2-ethyl-3-methylpyrazine, eucalyptol, fenugreek absolute, gene absolute, gentian root infusion, geraniol, geranyl acetate, grape juice, guaiacol, guava extract, gamma-heptalactone, gamma-hexalactone, hexanoic acid, cis-3-hexen-1-ol, hexyl acetate, hexyl alcohol, phenylhexyl acetate, honey, 4-hydroxy-3-pentenoic acid lactone, 4-hydroxy-4-(3-hydroxy-1-butenyl)-3,5,5-trimethyl-2-cyclohexene Xen-1-one, 4-(para-hydroxyphenyl)-2-butanone, sodium 4-hydroxyundecanoate, immortelle absolute, beta-ionone, isoamyl acetate, isoamyl butyrate, isoamyl phenylacetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl phenylacetate, jasmine absolute, cola nut tincture, labdanum oil, lemon terpeneless oil, licorice extract, linalool, linalyl acetate, lovage root oil, maltol, maple syrup, menthol, menthone, L-menthyl acetate, paramethoxybenzaldehyde, methyl-2-pyrrolyl ketone , methyl anthranilate, methyl phenylacetate, methyl salicylate, 4'-methylacetophenone, methylcyclopentenolone, 3-methylvaleric acid, mimosa absolute, honeysuckle, myristic acid, nerol, nerolidol, γ-nonalactone, nutmeg oil, δ-octalactone, octanal, octanoic acid, orange flower oil, orange oil, orris root oil, palmitic acid, ω-pentadecalactone, peppermint oil, petitgrain Paraguay oil, phenethyl alcohol, phenethyl phenylacetate, phenylacetic acid, piperonal, plum extract, propenyl guaiete ethanol, propyl acetate, 3-propylidenephthalide, prune juice, pyruvic acid, raisin extract, rose oil, rum, sage oil, sandalwood oil, spearmint oil, styrax absolute, marigold oil, tea distillate, alpha-terpineol, terpinyl acetate, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoxaline, 1,5,5,9-tetramethyl-13-oxacyclo(8.3.0.0(4.9))tridecane, 2,3,5,6-tetramethylpyrazine, thyme oil, tomato extract, 2-tridecanone, triethyl citrate, 4-(2,6,6- trimethyl-1-cyclohexenyl) 2-buten-4-one, 2,6,6-trimethyl-2-cyclohexene-1,4-dione, 4-(2,6,6-trimethyl-1,3-cyclohexadienyl) 2-buten-4-one, 2,3,5-trimethylpyrazine, γ-undecalactone, γ-valerolactone, vanilla extract, vanillin, veratraldehyde, violet leaf absolute, N-ethyl-p-menthane-3-carboxamide (WS-3), ethyl-2-(p-menthane-3-carboxamide) acetate (WS-5), with menthol being particularly preferred. These flavorings may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 本実施形態のフィルタプラグ250は、第2濾材251を含み、第2濾材251の少なくとも一部には、活性炭が添加されてもよい。その添加量は、1つの香味発生物品110において、活性炭の比表面積×活性炭の重量/第2濾材251の通気方向に対して垂直方向の断面積の値として15.0m/cm以上80.0m/cm以下であり得る。上記の「活性炭の比表面積×活性炭の重量/第2濾材251の通気方向に対して垂直方向の断面積」を、便宜上、「単位断面積当たりの活性炭の表面積」と表現することがある。この単位断面積当たりの活性炭の表面積は、1つの香味発生物品110が有する第2濾材251に添加する活性炭の比表面積と、添加した活性炭の重量、第2濾材251の断面積、に基づき算出できる。なお、活性炭はそれが添加されるフィルタ濾材中には均一に分散されていないこともあり、フィルタ濾材の全ての断面(通気方向に対して垂直方向の断面)において、上記の範囲を満たすことを要求するものではない。 The filter plug 250 of this embodiment includes a second filter medium 251, and activated carbon may be added to at least a part of the second filter medium 251. The amount of added activated carbon may be 15.0 m 2 /cm 2 or more and 80.0 m 2 /cm 2 or less as a value of the specific surface area of activated carbon × the weight of activated carbon / the cross - sectional area in the direction perpendicular to the airflow direction of the second filter medium 251 in one flavor generating article 110. For convenience, the above-mentioned "specific surface area of activated carbon × the weight of activated carbon / the cross-sectional area in the direction perpendicular to the airflow direction of the second filter medium 251" may be expressed as "the surface area of activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area". This surface area of activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area can be calculated based on the specific surface area of activated carbon added to the second filter medium 251 of one flavor generating article 110, the weight of the added activated carbon, and the cross-sectional area of the second filter medium 251. Incidentally, activated carbon may not be uniformly dispersed in the filter medium to which it is added, and it is not required that the above range be satisfied in all cross sections (cross sections perpendicular to the air flow direction) of the filter medium.

 本実施形態において、単位断面積当たりの活性炭の表面積が上記の範囲内であることで、加熱により生成する成分を所望の量で使用者にデリバリできるとともに、使用者に対して所望の香味感を与えることができる。単位断面積当たりの活性炭の表面積が上記範囲の下限より小さいと、活性炭を添加することによる効果を十分に得ることができない。一方で、単位断面積当たりの活性炭の表面積が上記範囲の上限より大きいと、加熱により生成する成分が必要以上に低減してしまう。単位断面積当たりの活性炭の表面積は、17.0m/cm以上であることがより好ましく、35.0m/cm以上であることがさらに好ましい。一方、77.0m/cm以下であることがより好ましく、73.0m/cm以下であることがさらに好ましい。 In this embodiment, by the surface area of the activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area being within the above range, the components generated by heating can be delivered to the user in a desired amount, and the user can be given a desired flavor sensation. If the surface area of the activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area is smaller than the lower limit of the above range, the effect of adding the activated carbon cannot be fully obtained. On the other hand, if the surface area of the activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area is larger than the upper limit of the above range, the components generated by heating are reduced more than necessary. The surface area of the activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area is more preferably 17.0 m 2 /cm 2 or more, and even more preferably 35.0 m 2 /cm 2 or more. On the other hand, it is more preferably 77.0 m 2 /cm 2 or less, and even more preferably 73.0 m 2 /cm 2 or less.

 単位断面積当たりの活性炭の表面積は、例えば、活性炭の比表面積とその添加量、第2濾材251の通気方向に垂直な方向の断面積を調整することで調整できる。上記の単位断面積当たりの活性炭の表面積の算出は、活性炭が添加されているフィルタ濾材を基準として算出される。フィルタプラグ250が複数のフィルタ濾材から構成されている場合、活性炭が添加されているフィルタ濾材のみの断面積、長さを基準とする。 The surface area of activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area can be adjusted, for example, by adjusting the specific surface area of the activated carbon, the amount of activated carbon added, and the cross-sectional area perpendicular to the air flow direction of the second filter medium 251. The calculation of the surface area of activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area is based on the filter medium to which activated carbon has been added. If the filter plug 250 is made up of multiple filter mediums, the cross-sectional area and length of only the filter medium to which activated carbon has been added are used as the basis.

 本実施形態で用いることができる活性炭としては、例えば、木、竹、椰子殻、胡桃殻、石炭などを原材料とするものを挙げることができる。また、本実施形態で用いることができる活性炭としては、BET比表面積が、1100m/g以上1600m/g以下であるものを用いることができ、好ましくは1200m/g以上1500m/g以下であるものを用いることができ、さらに好ましくは、1250m/g以上1380m/g以下であるものを用いることができる。BET比表面積は、窒素ガス吸着法(BET多点法)によって求めることができる。 Examples of activated carbon that can be used in this embodiment include those made from raw materials such as wood, bamboo, coconut shells, walnut shells, and coal. Activated carbon that can be used in this embodiment has a BET specific surface area of 1100 m 2 /g or more and 1600 m 2 /g or less, preferably 1200 m 2 /g or more and 1500 m 2 /g or less, and more preferably 1250 m 2 /g or more and 1380 m 2 /g or less. The BET specific surface area can be determined by a nitrogen gas adsorption method (BET multipoint method).

 また、本実施形態で用いることができる活性炭としては、その細孔容積が400μL/g以上800μL/g以下であるものを用いることができ、より好ましくは500μL/g以上750μL/g以下であるものを用いることができ、さらに好ましくは600μL/g以上700μL/g以下であるものを用いることができる。細孔容積は、窒素ガス吸着法を用いて得た最大吸着量から算出することができる。 The activated carbon that can be used in this embodiment has a pore volume of 400 μL/g or more and 800 μL/g or less, more preferably 500 μL/g or more and 750 μL/g or less, and even more preferably 600 μL/g or more and 700 μL/g or less. The pore volume can be calculated from the maximum adsorption amount obtained using the nitrogen gas adsorption method.

 本実施形態では、活性炭が添加された第2濾材251の通気方向の単位長さ当たりの活性炭の添加量が、5mg/cm以上50mg/cm以下であることが好ましく、8mg/cm以上40mg/cm以下であることがより好ましく、10mg/cm以上35mg/cm以下であることがさらに好ましい。本実施形態において、活性炭の比表面積、活性炭の添加量が上記の範囲であることで、単位断面積当たりの活性炭の表面積を所望のものに調整することができる。 In this embodiment, the amount of activated carbon added per unit length in the air passage direction of the second filter medium 251 to which activated carbon has been added is preferably 5 mg/cm to 50 mg/cm, more preferably 8 mg/cm to 40 mg/cm, and even more preferably 10 mg/cm to 35 mg/cm. In this embodiment, by having the specific surface area of the activated carbon and the amount of activated carbon added within the above ranges, the surface area of the activated carbon per unit cross-sectional area can be adjusted as desired.

 また、本実施形態で用いることができる活性炭としては、活性炭粒子の累積10体積%粒子径(粒子径D10)が250μm以上1200μm以下であることが好ましい。また、活性炭粒子の累積50体積%粒子径(粒子径D50)は350μm以上1500μm以下であることが好ましい。なお、D10及びD50は、レーザー回折散乱法によって測定される。この測定に適した装置として、堀場製作所のレーザー回折・散乱式粒子径分布測定装置「LA-950」が挙げられる。この装置のセル内に、粉末が純水と共に流し込まれ、粒子の光散乱情報に基づいて、粒子径が検出される。該装置による測定条件は以下のとおりである。
測定モード:マニュアルフローモー式セル測定
分散媒:イオン交換水
分散方法:超音波1分照射後に測定
屈折率:1.92-0.00i(試料屈折)/1.33-0.00i(分散媒屈折率)
測定回数:試料を変えて2回測定
In addition, the activated carbon usable in this embodiment preferably has a cumulative 10% by volume particle diameter (particle diameter D10) of 250 μm or more and 1200 μm or less. In addition, the cumulative 50% by volume particle diameter (particle diameter D50) of the activated carbon particles is preferably 350 μm or more and 1500 μm or less. D10 and D50 are measured by a laser diffraction scattering method. An example of an apparatus suitable for this measurement is the laser diffraction/scattering type particle size distribution measuring apparatus "LA-950" manufactured by Horiba, Ltd. A powder is poured into the cell of this apparatus together with pure water, and the particle diameter is detected based on the light scattering information of the particles. The measurement conditions using this apparatus are as follows.
Measurement mode: Manual flow-mode cell Measurement dispersion medium: Ion-exchanged water Dispersion method: Measured after 1 minute of ultrasonic irradiation Refractive index: 1.92-0.00i (sample refractive index) / 1.33-0.00i (dispersion medium refractive index)
Number of measurements: Measure twice using different samples

 本実施形態において、第2濾材251に活性炭を添加する方法については特に制限されず、活性炭の添加対象の第2濾材251において略均一に分散されるように添加すればよい。 In this embodiment, there are no particular limitations on the method of adding activated carbon to the second filter medium 251, and it is sufficient that the activated carbon is added so that it is dispersed approximately uniformly in the second filter medium 251 to which the activated carbon is to be added.

 なお、フィルタプラグ250は、例えば、市販品を用いてもよい。また、フィルタプラグ250の態様は、特段制限されず、単一のフィルタセグメントを含むフィルタや、デュアルフィルタ又はトリプルフィルタ等の複数のフィルタセグメントを含むマルチセグメントフィルタ等とすることができる。フィルタプラグ250が単一のフィルタセグメントからなる場合、活性炭が添加される第2濾材251がそのままフィルタプラグ250となる。一方で、複数のフィルタセグメントから構成される場合は、活性炭が添加されたフィルタ濾材からなる第2濾材251は、吸い口端を構成するフィルタ濾材よりも上流側に配置されることが好ましい。一方、吸い口端を構成するフィルタ濾材に活性炭が添加されていてもよい。なお、フィルタセグメントがマルチセグメントフィルタである場合、活性炭の添加量の基準となるフィルタセグメントの長さは、活性炭が添加されたフィルタ濾材の長さである。活性炭の添加量は、フィルタセグメント全体に対する重量としては、例えば4.0mg以上24.0mg以下であり、4.5mg以上23.0mg以下であることが好ましく、10.5mg以上22.0mg以下であることがさらに好ましい。 The filter plug 250 may be, for example, a commercially available product. The form of the filter plug 250 is not particularly limited, and may be a filter including a single filter segment, or a multi-segment filter including multiple filter segments such as a dual filter or triple filter. When the filter plug 250 is made of a single filter segment, the second filter medium 251 to which activated carbon is added becomes the filter plug 250 as it is. On the other hand, when it is made of multiple filter segments, it is preferable that the second filter medium 251 made of the filter medium to which activated carbon is added is arranged upstream of the filter medium constituting the mouth end. On the other hand, activated carbon may be added to the filter medium constituting the mouth end. When the filter segment is a multi-segment filter, the length of the filter segment that is the basis for the amount of activated carbon added is the length of the filter medium to which activated carbon is added. The amount of activated carbon added is, for example, 4.0 mg or more and 24.0 mg or less, preferably 4.5 mg or more and 23.0 mg or less, and more preferably 10.5 mg or more and 22.0 mg or less, in terms of weight relative to the entire filter segment.

 下流部130は、さらに、中空管部132と、中空フィルタ部240とを有してもよい。中空フィルタ部240は、中空管部132の下流に隣接して配置されている。中空フィルタ部240は、第3濾材241と、第3濾材241を巻装する第3インナプラグラップ242とを備えている。第3インナプラグラップ242は、シガレットで使用されるプラグラップと同じものを使用することができる。第3インナプラグラップ242は省略してもよい。また、中空フィルタ部240は、省略してもよい。 The downstream section 130 may further include a hollow tube section 132 and a hollow filter section 240. The hollow filter section 240 is disposed adjacent to the downstream side of the hollow tube section 132. The hollow filter section 240 includes a third filter material 241 and a third inner plug wrap 242 around which the third filter material 241 is wrapped. The third inner plug wrap 242 may be the same as the plug wrap used in cigarettes. The third inner plug wrap 242 may be omitted. The hollow filter section 240 may also be omitted.

 中空フィルタ部240は、1つまたは複数の中空部を有する第3濾材241と、第3濾材241を覆う第3インナプラグラップ242と、を備えていてもよい。中空フィルタ部240は、下流部130の強度を高める機能を有する。第3濾材241は、例えば酢酸セルロース繊維が高密度で充填されトリアセチンを含む可塑剤が酢酸セルロース質量に対して、6質量%以上20質量%以下添加されて硬化された内径φ1.0mm以上φ5.0mm以下のロッドとすることができる。第3濾材241は繊維の充填密度が高いため、吸引時は、空気やエアロゾルは中空部のみを流れることになり、第3濾材241内はほとんど流れない。中空フィルタ部240内部の第3濾材241が繊維充填層であることから、使用時の外側からの触り心地は、使用者に違和感を生じさせることが少ない。 The hollow filter section 240 may include a third filter medium 241 having one or more hollow portions, and a third inner plug wrap 242 that covers the third filter medium 241. The hollow filter section 240 has a function of increasing the strength of the downstream section 130. The third filter medium 241 can be, for example, a rod with an inner diameter of φ1.0 mm to φ5.0 mm, which is densely packed with cellulose acetate fibers and hardened by adding a plasticizer containing triacetin at 6% by mass to 20% by mass relative to the mass of cellulose acetate. Since the third filter medium 241 has a high fiber packing density, air and aerosols flow only through the hollow portions during inhalation, and hardly flow inside the third filter medium 241. Since the third filter medium 241 inside the hollow filter section 240 is a fiber-packed layer, the feel from the outside during use is unlikely to cause discomfort to the user.

 中空フィルタ部240は、強度及び構造剛性の向上の観点から、第3濾材241を巻装する第3インナプラグラップ242(巻取紙)を備えていてよい。第3インナプラグラップ242の態様は特段制限されず、一列以上の接着剤を含む継ぎ目を含んでいてよい。該接着剤の種類は特段限定されないが、酢酸ビニル系接着剤、ホットメルト接着剤を含んでいてよい。ホットメルト接着剤は、ポリビニルアルコールを含み得る。また、中空フィルタ部240が2以上のセグメントからなる場合、第3インナプラグラップ242は、これらの二以上のセグメントを併せて巻装することが好ましい。 The hollow filter section 240 may include a third inner plug wrap 242 (rolling paper) around which the third filter material 241 is wrapped, from the viewpoint of improving strength and structural rigidity. The form of the third inner plug wrap 242 is not particularly limited, and may include one or more rows of seams containing adhesive. The type of adhesive is not particularly limited, but may include a vinyl acetate adhesive or a hot melt adhesive. The hot melt adhesive may include polyvinyl alcohol. Furthermore, when the hollow filter section 240 is made up of two or more segments, it is preferable that the third inner plug wrap 242 is wrapped around these two or more segments together.

 第3インナプラグラップ242の材料は特段制限されず、公知のものを用いることができ、また、炭酸カルシウム等の充填剤等を含んでいてよい。第3インナプラグラップ242の厚さは、特段制限されず、通常20μm以上140μm以下であり、30μm以上130μm以下であることが好ましく、30μm以上120μm以下であることがより好ましい。第3インナプラグラップ242の坪量は、特段制限されず、通常20gsm以上100gsm以下であり、22gsm以上95gsm以下であることが好ましく、23gsm以上90gsm以下であることがより好ましい。また、第3インナプラグラップ242は、コーティングされていても、されていなくともよいが、強度や構造剛性以外の機能を付与できる観点からは、所望の材料でコーティングされることが好ましい。 The material of the third inner plug wrap 242 is not particularly limited, and may be a known material, and may contain a filler such as calcium carbonate. The thickness of the third inner plug wrap 242 is not particularly limited, and is usually 20 μm to 140 μm, preferably 30 μm to 130 μm, and more preferably 30 μm to 120 μm. The basis weight of the third inner plug wrap 242 is not particularly limited, and is usually 20 gsm to 100 gsm, preferably 22 gsm to 95 gsm, and more preferably 23 gsm to 90 gsm. The third inner plug wrap 242 may be coated or uncoated, but is preferably coated with a desired material from the viewpoint of imparting functions other than strength and structural rigidity.

 中空管部132は、香味発生部220と中空フィルタ部240又はフィルタプラグ250(中空フィルタ部240がない場合)とに隣接して挟持され、通常、円筒等の周方向の断面が中空(空洞)となるキャビティが設けられた棒状の部材である。中空管部132の長軸方向の長さは、製品のサイズに合わせて適宜変更し得るが、通常15mm以上であり、20mm以上であることが好ましく、また、通常40mm以下であり、35mm以下であることが好ましく、30mm以下であることがより好ましい。中空管部132の長軸方向の長さを上記下限以上とすることで、十分な冷却効果を確保して良好な香味を得ることができ、上記上限以下とすることで、生成した蒸気及びエアロゾルが中空管部132の内壁に付着することによるロスを抑制することができる。 The hollow tube section 132 is sandwiched adjacent to the flavor generating section 220 and the hollow filter section 240 or the filter plug 250 (when the hollow filter section 240 is not present), and is usually a rod-shaped member with a cavity in which the circumferential cross section of the cylinder or the like is hollow (hollow). The length of the long axis direction of the hollow tube section 132 can be changed appropriately according to the size of the product, but is usually 15 mm or more, preferably 20 mm or more, and is usually 40 mm or less, preferably 35 mm or less, and more preferably 30 mm or less. By setting the length of the long axis direction of the hollow tube section 132 to the above lower limit or more, a sufficient cooling effect can be ensured to obtain a good flavor, and by setting it to the above upper limit or less, loss due to the generated steam and aerosol adhering to the inner wall of the hollow tube section 132 can be suppressed.

 冷却のためのシート等(例えばギャザー状に充填されたポリ乳酸シート等)を中空管部132に充填する場合、中空管部132の全表面積は、特段制限されず、例えば、300mm/mm以上1000mm/mm以下であり得る。この表面積は、中空管部132の通気方向の長さ(mm)当たりの表面積である。中空管部132の全表面積は、400mm/mm以上であることが好ましく、450mm/mm以上であることがより好ましく、一方、600mm/mm以下であることが好ましく、550mm/mm以下であることがより好ましい。 When a sheet for cooling (e.g., a polylactic acid sheet packed in a gathered shape) is filled into the hollow tube 132, the total surface area of the hollow tube 132 is not particularly limited and can be, for example, 300 mm2 /mm or more and 1000 mm2 /mm or less. This surface area is the surface area per mm of the length in the air passage direction of the hollow tube 132. The total surface area of the hollow tube 132 is preferably 400 mm2 /mm or more, more preferably 450 mm2 /mm or more, while it is preferably 600 mm2 /mm or less, and more preferably 550 mm2 /mm or less.

 中空管部132は、大きい全表面積を有する内部構造を備えることが望ましい。従って、好ましい実施形態において、中空管部132は、チャネルを形成するためにしわ付けされて、次に、ひだ付け、ギャザー付け、及び折り畳まれた薄い材料のシートによって形成されてもよい。中空管部132の折り畳み又はひだが多いと、中空管部132の合計表面積が大きくなる。中空管部132の構成材料の厚みは、特段制限されず、例えば、5μm以上500μm以下であってよく、また、10μm以上250μm以下であってよい。 It is desirable for hollow tube 132 to have an internal structure with a large total surface area. Thus, in a preferred embodiment, hollow tube 132 may be formed from a thin sheet of material that is wrinkled to form channels, and then pleated, gathered, and folded. The more folds or pleats there are in hollow tube 132, the greater the total surface area of hollow tube 132. The thickness of the material from which hollow tube 132 is made is not particularly limited and may be, for example, 5 μm to 500 μm, or 10 μm to 250 μm.

 図2及び図3(a)に示すように、中空管部132には、その周方向に、かつ、同心状に開孔vf(本技術分野ではベンチレーションフィルタとも称する。)が設けられていてもよい。開孔vfが存在することで、使用時に外部から中空管部132の内部に空気が流入し、香味発生部220から流入する成分や空気の温度を下げることができる。開孔vfは、中空管部132と中空フィルタ部240又はフィルタプラグ250(中空フィルタ部240がない場合)との境界から中空管部132側の方向の4mm以上の領域に設けられ得る。この場合、開孔vfは、中空管部132の冷却能力を向上させるだけでなく、加熱により生成される成分の中空管部132内での滞留を抑制し、該成分のデリバリ量を向上させることができる。なお、香味発生部220にエアロゾル基材が用いられる場合、香味発生物品110が加熱されることで生じるエアロゾル基材とたばこ香味成分とを含む蒸気が、外部からの空気と接触して温度が低下することで液化し、エアロゾルが生成されることを促進させることができる。 2 and 3(a), the hollow tube section 132 may be provided with openings vf (also referred to as ventilation filters in this technical field) in the circumferential direction and concentrically. The presence of the openings vf allows air to flow into the hollow tube section 132 from the outside during use, lowering the temperature of the components and air flowing in from the flavor generating section 220. The openings vf may be provided in an area of 4 mm or more toward the hollow tube section 132 from the boundary between the hollow tube section 132 and the hollow filter section 240 or the filter plug 250 (when the hollow filter section 240 is not present). In this case, the openings vf not only improve the cooling capacity of the hollow tube section 132, but also suppress the retention of components generated by heating in the hollow tube section 132, thereby improving the delivery amount of the components. In addition, when an aerosol base material is used in the flavor generating section 220, the vapor containing the aerosol base material and tobacco flavor components that is generated by heating the flavor generating article 110 comes into contact with air from the outside and is cooled, so that it is liquefied, facilitating the generation of the aerosol.

 また、同心円状に存在する開孔vfを1つの開孔群とした場合、開孔群は1つであってもよく、2つ以上であってもよい。開孔群が2つ以上存在する場合、加熱により生成される成分のデリバリ量向上の観点から、中空管部132と中空フィルタ部240又はフィルタプラグ250(中空フィルタ部240がない場合)との境界から、中空管部132側の方向の4mm未満の領域には開孔群を設けないことが好ましい。 Furthermore, when the concentrically arranged openings vf are regarded as one opening group, the opening group may be one or may be two or more. When there are two or more opening groups, from the viewpoint of improving the delivery amount of the components generated by heating, it is preferable not to provide an opening group in an area less than 4 mm toward the hollow tube section 132 from the boundary between the hollow tube section 132 and the hollow filter section 240 or the filter plug 250 (when the hollow filter section 240 is not present).

 また、中空管部132がチップペーパ270で巻装される場合、チップペーパ270には、中空管部132に設けられた開孔vfの直上の位置に開孔が設けられていることが好ましい。このような香味発生物品110を作製する場合、開孔vfと重なるような開孔を設けたチップペーパ270を準備して巻装してもよいが、製造容易性の観点から、開孔vfを有さない中空管部132を用いて香味発生物品110を作製した後、中空管部132及びチップペーパ270を同時に貫通する孔を開けることが好ましい。 Furthermore, when the hollow tube portion 132 is wrapped with tipping paper 270, it is preferable that the tipping paper 270 has an opening at a position directly above the opening vf provided in the hollow tube portion 132. When producing such a flavor-generating article 110, it is possible to prepare and wrap tipping paper 270 with an opening that overlaps with the opening vf, but from the viewpoint of ease of production, it is preferable to produce the flavor-generating article 110 using a hollow tube portion 132 that does not have an opening vf, and then drill a hole that penetrates the hollow tube portion 132 and the tipping paper 270 at the same time.

 開孔vfが存在する領域は、加熱により生成される成分のデリバリを向上させる観点から、中空管部132と中空フィルタ部240又はフィルタプラグ250(中空フィルタ部240がない場合)との境界から中空管部132側の方向の4.5mm以上の領域であることが好ましく、5mm以上の領域であることがより好ましく、5.5mm以上の領域であることがさらに好ましい。また、開孔vfが存在する領域は、冷却機能を確保する観点から、上記境界から中空管部132側の方向の15mm以下の領域であることが好ましく、10mm以下の領域であることがより好ましく、7mm以下の領域であることがさらに好ましい。 From the viewpoint of improving the delivery of the components generated by heating, the region where the apertures vf exist is preferably a region of 4.5 mm or more from the boundary between the hollow tube section 132 and the hollow filter section 240 or the filter plug 250 (when the hollow filter section 240 is not present) toward the hollow tube section 132 side, more preferably a region of 5 mm or more, and even more preferably a region of 5.5 mm or more. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of ensuring the cooling function, the region where the apertures vf exist is preferably a region of 15 mm or less from the boundary toward the hollow tube section 132 side, more preferably a region of 10 mm or less, and even more preferably a region of 7 mm or less.

 開孔vfが存在する領域は、加熱により生成される成分のデリバリを向上させる観点から、香味発生物品110の吸口端から中空管部132側の方向の24mm以上の領域であることが好ましく、24.5mm以上の領域であることが好ましく、25mm以上の領域であることが好ましく、25.5mm以上の領域であることがより好ましい。また、開孔vfが存在する領域は、冷却機能を確保する観点から、香味発生物品110の吸口端から中空管部132側の方向の35mm以下の領域であることが好ましく、30mm以下の領域であることがより好ましく、27mm以下の領域であることがさらに好ましい。 From the viewpoint of improving the delivery of the components generated by heating, the region in which the apertures vf exist is preferably a region of 24 mm or more from the mouth end of the flavor generating article 110 toward the hollow tube portion 132, preferably a region of 24.5 mm or more, preferably a region of 25 mm or more, and more preferably a region of 25.5 mm or more. Also, from the viewpoint of ensuring a cooling function, the region in which the apertures vf exist is preferably a region of 35 mm or less from the mouth end of the flavor generating article 110 toward the hollow tube portion 132, more preferably a region of 30 mm or less, and even more preferably a region of 27 mm or less.

 また、中空管部132の軸方向の長さが20mm以上である場合、開孔vfが存在する領域は、冷却機能を確保する観点から、中空管部132と香味発生部220との境界から、中空管部132側の方向に5mm以上の領域であることが好ましく、10mm以上の領域であることがより好ましく、13mm以上の領域であることがさらに好ましい。また、中空管部132の軸方向の長さが20mm以上である場合、開孔vfが存在する領域は、加熱により生成される成分のデリバリを向上させる観点から、中空管部132と香味発生部220との境界から、16mm以下であることが好ましく、15.5mm以下の領域であることがより好ましく、15mm以下の領域であることがさらに好ましく、14.5mm以下の領域であることが特に好ましい。 In addition, when the axial length of the hollow tube section 132 is 20 mm or more, the region in which the openings vf exist is preferably a region of 5 mm or more from the boundary between the hollow tube section 132 and the flavor generating section 220 toward the hollow tube section 132 side, from the viewpoint of ensuring the cooling function, more preferably a region of 10 mm or more, and even more preferably a region of 13 mm or more. In addition, when the axial length of the hollow tube section 132 is 20 mm or more, the region in which the openings vf exist is preferably a region of 16 mm or less from the boundary between the hollow tube section 132 and the flavor generating section 220, more preferably a region of 15.5 mm or less, even more preferably a region of 15 mm or less, and especially preferably a region of 14.5 mm or less, from the viewpoint of improving the delivery of the components generated by heating.

 開孔vfは、自動喫煙機で17.5ml/secで吸引したときの開孔vfからの空気流入割合(吸い口端から吸引した空気の割合を100体積%とした場合における開孔vfから流入した空気の体積割合)が10~90体積%、好ましくは50~80体積%、より好ましくは55~75体積%となるように設けられ得る。このような空気流入割合は、例えば、開孔群1つ当たりの開孔vfの数を5~50個の範囲から選択し、開孔vfの直径を0.1~0.5mmの範囲から選択することにより、達成することができる。上記の空気流入割合は、巻品測定機(例えば、S.A.S社製造のSODIMAX d74/SODIM)を用い、ISO9512に準拠した方法で測定することができる。 The apertures vf can be set so that the air inflow rate from the apertures vf when inhaling at 17.5 ml/sec with an automatic smoking machine (the volumetric rate of air inflowing from the apertures vf when the volumetric rate of air inhaled from the mouth end is taken as 100%) is 10 to 90 volume percent, preferably 50 to 80 volume percent, and more preferably 55 to 75 volume percent. Such an air inflow rate can be achieved, for example, by selecting the number of apertures vf per aperture group from the range of 5 to 50, and selecting the diameter of the apertures vf from the range of 0.1 to 0.5 mm. The above air inflow rate can be measured using a roll measuring device (for example, SODIMAX d74/SODIM manufactured by S.A.S.) in accordance with a method conforming to ISO9512.

 アウタプラグラップ280の構成は、特段制限されず、一般的な態様とすることができる。具体的には例えば、アウタプラグラップ280は、パルプを主成分とすることができる。パルプとしては、針葉樹パルプや広葉樹パルプなどの木材パルプ、亜麻パルプ、大麻パルプ、サイザル麻パルプ、及びエスパルト等、一般的にたばこ物品用の巻紙に使用されるパルプを使用でき、アウタプラグラップ280は、これらのパルプの一以上を抄造して得られる。これらのパルプは、単独の種類で用いてもよく、複数の種類を任意の割合で組み合わせて用いてもよい。パルプの態様としては、クラフト蒸解法、酸性・中性・アルカリ亜硫酸塩蒸解法、及びソーダ塩蒸解法等によって得られる化学パルプ、グランドパルプ、ケミグランドパルプ、及びサーモメカニカルパルプ等を使用できる。なお、アウタプラグラップ280は、市販品を用いてもよい。アウタプラグラップ280の形状は、特段制限されず、例えば、正方形又は長方形とすることができる。 The configuration of the outer plug wrap 280 is not particularly limited and may be of a general type. Specifically, for example, the outer plug wrap 280 may be mainly composed of pulp. Pulp may be wood pulp such as softwood pulp or hardwood pulp, flax pulp, hemp pulp, sisal pulp, esparto, or other pulp generally used in cigarette paper for tobacco articles, and the outer plug wrap 280 is obtained by papermaking one or more of these pulps. These pulps may be used alone or in combination of multiple types in any ratio. Pulp may be chemical pulp obtained by kraft cooking, acidic, neutral, or alkaline sulfite cooking, soda salt cooking, or the like, ground pulp, chemi-ground pulp, thermomechanical pulp, or the like. The outer plug wrap 280 may be a commercially available product. The shape of the outer plug wrap 280 is not particularly limited and may be, for example, square or rectangular.

 アウタプラグラップ280の坪量は、特段制限されないが、通常20gsm以上70gsm以下であり、30gsm以上50gsm以下であることが好ましく、34gsm以上38gsm以下であることがより好ましい。アウタプラグラップ280の厚さは、特段限定されないが、通常30mm以上80mm以下であり、33mm以上50mm以下であることが好ましく、35mm以上40mm以下であることがより好ましい。アウタプラグラップ280の通気度は、特段制限されないが、通常0コレスタユニット以上、30000コレスタユニット以下であり、0コレスタユニット超10000コレスタユニット以下であることが好ましい。通気度は、ISO 2965:2009に準拠して測定される値であり、紙の両面の差圧が1kPaのときに、1分ごとに面積1cmを通過する気体の流量(cm)で表される。1コレスタユニット(1コレスタ単位、1C.U.)は、1kPa下においてcm/(min・cm)である。 The basis weight of the outer plug wrap 280 is not particularly limited, but is usually 20 gsm to 70 gsm, preferably 30 gsm to 50 gsm, and more preferably 34 gsm to 38 gsm. The thickness of the outer plug wrap 280 is not particularly limited, but is usually 30 mm to 80 mm, preferably 33 mm to 50 mm, and more preferably 35 mm to 40 mm. The air permeability of the outer plug wrap 280 is not particularly limited, but is usually 0 Coresta units or more and 30,000 Coresta units or less, and preferably more than 0 Coresta units and 10,000 Coresta units or less. The air permeability is a value measured in accordance with ISO 2965:2009, and is expressed as the flow rate (cm 3 ) of gas passing through an area of 1 cm 2 per minute when the differential pressure between both sides of the paper is 1 kPa. One Coresta unit (1 Coresta unit, 1 CU) is cm 3 /(min·cm 2 ) under 1 kPa.

 アウタプラグラップ280は、填料を含んでもよい。填料として、例えば、炭酸カルシウム及び炭酸マグネシウム等の金属炭酸塩、酸化チタン、二酸化チタン、及び酸化アルミニウム等の金属酸化物、硫酸バリウム及び硫酸カルシウム等の金属硫酸塩、硫化亜鉛等の金属硫化物、石英、カオリン、タルク、ケイソウ土、及び石膏等が挙げられる。アウタプラグラップ280は、特に、白色度・不透明度の向上及び加熱速度の増加の観点から炭酸カルシウムを含んでいることが好ましい。また、これらの填料は1種を単独で使用してもよいし、又は2種以上を併用してもよい。 The outer plug wrap 280 may contain a filler. Examples of fillers include metal carbonates such as calcium carbonate and magnesium carbonate, metal oxides such as titanium oxide, titanium dioxide, and aluminum oxide, metal sulfates such as barium sulfate and calcium sulfate, metal sulfides such as zinc sulfide, quartz, kaolin, talc, diatomaceous earth, and gypsum. It is preferable that the outer plug wrap 280 contains calcium carbonate, particularly from the viewpoint of improving whiteness and opacity and increasing the heating rate. Moreover, these fillers may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.

 アウタプラグラップ280は、種々の助剤が添加され得る。アウタプラグラップ280は、例えば、耐水性向上剤を含み得る。耐水性向上剤には、湿潤紙力増強剤(WS剤)及びサイズ剤が含まれ得る。湿潤紙力増強剤は、例えば、尿素ホルムアルデヒド樹脂、メラミンホルムアルデヒド樹脂、及びポリアミドエピクロルヒドリン(PAE)等を含み得る。また、サイズ剤は、例えば、ロジン石けん、アルキルケテンダイマー(AKD)、アルケニル無水コハク酸(ASA)、及びケン化度が90%以上の高ケン化ポリビニルアルコール等を含み得る。 Various auxiliary agents may be added to the outer plug wrap 280. The outer plug wrap 280 may contain, for example, a water resistance improver. The water resistance improver may include a wet strength agent (WS agent) and a sizing agent. The wet strength agent may include, for example, urea formaldehyde resin, melamine formaldehyde resin, and polyamide epichlorohydrin (PAE). The sizing agent may include, for example, rosin soap, alkyl ketene dimer (AKD), alkenyl succinic anhydride (ASA), and highly saponified polyvinyl alcohol with a saponification degree of 90% or more.

 アウタプラグラップ280の表面及び裏面の少なくとも一方の面にコーティング剤が添加されてもよい。コーティング剤としては特に制限はないが、紙の表面に膜を形成し、液体の透過性を減少させることができるコーティング剤が好ましい。 A coating agent may be added to at least one of the front and back surfaces of the outer plug wrap 280. There are no particular limitations on the coating agent, but a coating agent that can form a film on the surface of the paper and reduce liquid permeability is preferred.

 チップペーパ270の構成は、特段制限されず、一般的な態様とすることができる。具体的には例えば、チップペーパ270は、パルプを主成分とすることができる。パルプとしては、針葉樹パルプや広葉樹パルプなどの木材パルプ、亜麻パルプ、大麻パルプ、サイザル麻パルプ、及びエスパルト等、一般的にたばこ物品用の巻紙に使用されるパルプを使用でき、チップペーパ270は、これらのパルプの一以上を抄造して得られる。
これらのパルプは、単独の種類で用いてもよく、複数の種類を任意の割合で組み合わせて用いてもよい。パルプの態様としては、クラフト蒸解法、酸性・中性・アルカリ亜硫酸塩蒸解法、及びソーダ塩蒸解法等による化学パルプ、グランドパルプ、ケミグランドパルプ、及びサーモメカニカルパルプ等を使用できる。なお、チップペーパ270は、市販品を用いてもよい。チップペーパ270の形状は、特段制限されず、例えば、正方形又は長方形とすることができる。また、香味発生物品110は、1枚のチップペーパ270を有してもよいが、複数枚のチップペーパ270を有してもよい。
The configuration of the tipping paper 270 is not particularly limited and may be a general embodiment. Specifically, for example, the tipping paper 270 may be mainly composed of pulp. As the pulp, pulp generally used for cigarette papers for tobacco articles, such as wood pulp such as softwood pulp or hardwood pulp, flax pulp, hemp pulp, sisal pulp, and esparto, may be used, and the tipping paper 270 is obtained by papermaking one or more of these pulps.
These pulps may be used alone or in combination of multiple types in any ratio. Examples of pulp that can be used include chemical pulp produced by kraft cooking, acidic/neutral/alkaline sulfite cooking, and soda salt cooking, ground pulp, chemi-ground pulp, and thermomechanical pulp. The tip paper 270 may be a commercially available product. The shape of the tip paper 270 is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a square or a rectangle. The flavor-generating article 110 may have one tip paper 270, or may have multiple tip papers 270.

 チップペーパ270の坪量は、特段制限されないが、通常32gsm以上40gsm以下であり、33gsm以上39gsm以下であることが好ましく、34gsm以上38gsm以下であることがより好ましい。チップペーパ270の通気度は、特段制限されないが、通常0コレスタユニット以上30000コレスタユニット以下であり、0コレスタユニット超10000コレスタユニット以下であることが好ましい。通気度は、ISO 2965:2009に準拠して測定される値であり、紙の両面の差圧が1kPaのときに、1分ごとに面積1cmを通過する気体の流量(cm)で表される。1コレスタユニット(1コレスタ単位、1C.U.)は、1kPa下においてcm/(min・cm)である。 The basis weight of the tipping paper 270 is not particularly limited, but is usually 32 gsm to 40 gsm, preferably 33 gsm to 39 gsm, and more preferably 34 gsm to 38 gsm. The air permeability of the tipping paper 270 is not particularly limited, but is usually 0 Coresta units to 30,000 Coresta units, and preferably more than 0 Coresta units to 10,000 Coresta units. The air permeability is a value measured in accordance with ISO 2965:2009, and is expressed as the flow rate (cm 3 ) of gas passing through an area of 1 cm 2 per minute when the differential pressure between both sides of the paper is 1 kPa. 1 Coresta unit (1 Coresta unit, 1 C.U.) is cm 3 /(min·cm 2 ) under 1 kPa.

 チップペーパ270は、填料を含んでもよい。填料として、例えば、炭酸カルシウム及び炭酸マグネシウム等の金属炭酸塩、酸化チタン、二酸化チタン、及び酸化アルミニウム等の金属酸化物、硫酸バリウム及び硫酸カルシウム等の金属硫酸塩、硫化亜鉛等の金属硫化物、石英、カオリン、タルク、ケイソウ土、及び石膏等が挙げられる。チップペーパ270は、特に、白色度・不透明度の向上及び加熱速度の増加の観点から炭酸カルシウムを含んでいることが好ましい。また、これらの填料は1種を単独で使用してもよいし、又は2種以上を併用してもよい。 The chip paper 270 may contain a filler. Examples of fillers include metal carbonates such as calcium carbonate and magnesium carbonate, metal oxides such as titanium oxide, titanium dioxide, and aluminum oxide, metal sulfates such as barium sulfate and calcium sulfate, metal sulfides such as zinc sulfide, quartz, kaolin, talc, diatomaceous earth, and gypsum. It is particularly preferable that the chip paper 270 contains calcium carbonate from the viewpoints of improving whiteness and opacity and increasing the heating rate. Furthermore, these fillers may be used alone or in combination of two or more types.

 チップペーパ270は、種々の助剤を添加され得る。チップペーパ270は、例えば、耐水性向上剤を含み得る。耐水性向上剤には、湿潤紙力増強剤(WS剤)及びサイズ剤が含まれ得る。湿潤紙力増強剤は、例えば、尿素ホルムアルデヒド樹脂、メラミンホルムアルデヒド樹脂、及びポリアミドエピクロルヒドリン(PAE)等を含み得る。また、サイズ剤は、例えば、ロジン石けん、アルキルケテンダイマー(AKD)、アルケニル無水コハク酸(ASA)、及びケン化度が90%以上の高ケン化ポリビニルアルコール等である。 Various auxiliary agents may be added to the chip paper 270. The chip paper 270 may contain, for example, a water resistance improver. The water resistance improver may include a wet strength agent (WS agent) and a sizing agent. The wet strength agent may include, for example, urea formaldehyde resin, melamine formaldehyde resin, and polyamide epichlorohydrin (PAE). The sizing agent may be, for example, rosin soap, alkyl ketene dimer (AKD), alkenyl succinic anhydride (ASA), and highly saponified polyvinyl alcohol with a saponification degree of 90% or more.

 チップペーパ270の表面及び裏面の少なくとも一方の面にコーティング剤が添加されてもよい。コーティング剤としては特に制限はないが、紙の表面に膜を形成し、液体の透過性を減少させることができるコーティング剤が好ましい。 A coating agent may be added to at least one of the front and back surfaces of the tipping paper 270. There are no particular limitations on the coating agent, but a coating agent that can form a film on the surface of the paper and reduce the permeability to liquids is preferred.

 チップペーパ270の外面の一部がリップリリース材料によって被覆されていてもよい。リップリリース材料は、使用者が香味発生物品110の吸口を口で咥えた際に、唇とチップペーパ270とが実質的に粘着することなく容易に離れることを補助する材料を意味する。リップリリース材料は、例えば、エチルセルロース、又はメチルセルロース等を含んでいても良い。例えば、チップペーパ270の外面にエチルセルロース系、又はメチルセルロース系のインクを塗布することでチップペーパ270の外面をリップリリース材料によってコーティングしてもよい。本実施形態において、リップリリース材料は、使用者が吸口を咥えた際に、当該使用者の唇に接触する所定の吸口領域に少なくとも設けられる。より具体的には、リップリリース材料は、チップペーパ270における外面のうち、吸口端(フィルタプラグ250の端部)と開孔vfとの間に設けられ得る。 A part of the outer surface of the tipping paper 270 may be covered with a lip release material. The lip release material means a material that helps the lips and the tipping paper 270 to easily separate without substantial adhesion when the user holds the mouthpiece of the flavor generating article 110 in the mouth. The lip release material may contain, for example, ethyl cellulose or methyl cellulose. For example, the outer surface of the tipping paper 270 may be coated with the lip release material by applying an ethyl cellulose-based or methyl cellulose-based ink to the outer surface of the tipping paper 270. In this embodiment, the lip release material is provided at least in a predetermined mouthpiece area that comes into contact with the lips of the user when the user holds the mouthpiece in the mouth. More specifically, the lip release material may be provided on the outer surface of the tipping paper 270 between the mouthpiece end (the end of the filter plug 250) and the opening vf.

 次に、香味発生物品110を構成する各要素の連結態様について説明する。図2において、連結の仕方を見やすくするために、構成要素間に隙間が設けられているが、実際の香味発生物品110では、図3に示すように各構成要素は隙間なく隣接している。図2に示す香味発生物品110では、5つの構成要素は、アウタプラグラップ280、アウタプラグラップ260、チップペーパ270を用いて連結されている。具体的には、図2に示すように、アウタプラグラップ280が、先端プラグ112と香味発生部220と中空管部132とを連結している。ここでアウタプラグラップ280は、先端プラグ112及び香味発生部220の全体と、中空管部132の一部とを被覆するように巻いている。この連結体を、第1連結体285と呼ぶ。また、アウタプラグラップ260が、中空フィルタ部240とフィルタプラグ250とを、これらの全体を被覆するように巻いて連結している。この連結体を、第2連結体265と呼ぶ。さらに、チップペーパ270が、第1連結体285と第2連結体265とを連結している。ここで、チップペーパ270は、第2連結体265の全体と、第1連結体285の一部とを被覆し、第1連結体285を上流端で露出させている。なお、図2に示す例では、アウタプラグラップ280は、中空管部132の下流端まで被覆しないで中空管部132を下流端で露出させているが、中空管部132の下流端まで被覆していてもよい。この場合、アウタプラグラップ280には、中空管部132に設けられた開孔vfの直上の位置に開孔が設けられていることが好ましい。結果として、開孔vfは、チップペーパ270、アウタプラグラップ280、及び中空管部132を貫通するように設けられていることが好ましい。 Next, the connection manner of each element constituting the flavor generating article 110 will be described. In FIG. 2, gaps are provided between the elements to make it easier to see how they are connected, but in the actual flavor generating article 110, as shown in FIG. 3, the elements are adjacent to each other without any gaps. In the flavor generating article 110 shown in FIG. 2, the five elements are connected using the outer plug wrap 280, the outer plug wrap 260, and the tipping paper 270. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 2, the outer plug wrap 280 connects the tip plug 112, the flavor generating section 220, and the hollow tube section 132. Here, the outer plug wrap 280 is wrapped around the tip plug 112 and the flavor generating section 220 in their entirety, and a part of the hollow tube section 132. This connected body is called the first connected body 285. In addition, the outer plug wrap 260 connects the hollow filter section 240 and the filter plug 250 by wrapping them in their entirety. This connecting body is called the second connecting body 265. Furthermore, the tipping paper 270 connects the first connecting body 285 and the second connecting body 265. Here, the tipping paper 270 covers the entire second connecting body 265 and a part of the first connecting body 285, and exposes the first connecting body 285 at the upstream end. In the example shown in FIG. 2, the outer plug wrap 280 does not cover the downstream end of the hollow tube portion 132, exposing the hollow tube portion 132 at the downstream end, but may cover the downstream end of the hollow tube portion 132. In this case, it is preferable that the outer plug wrap 280 has an opening immediately above the opening vf provided in the hollow tube portion 132. As a result, it is preferable that the opening vf is provided so as to penetrate the tipping paper 270, the outer plug wrap 280, and the hollow tube portion 132.

 図4は、他の実施形態に係る香味発生物品110の分解斜視図である。図4に示す香味発生物品110は、図2及び図3に示した香味発生物品110と、連結態様のみが異なる。図4に示す香味発生物品110では、5つの構成要素は、アウタプラグラップ280、アウタプラグラップ260、およびチップペーパ270を用いて連結されている。具体的には、図4に示すように、アウタプラグラップ280が、先端プラグ112と香味発生部220とをこれらの全体を被覆するように巻いて連結している。この連結体を、第1連結体285と呼ぶ。また、図4に示す例では、アウタプラグラップ260が、中空フィルタ部240とフィルタプラグ250とを、これらの全体を被覆するように巻いて連結している。この連結体を、第2連結体265と呼ぶ。さらに、チップペーパ270が、第1連結体285と中空管部132と第2連結体265とを連結している。ここでチップペーパ270は、中空管部132及び第2連結体265の全体と、第1連結体285の一部とを被覆し、第1連結体285を上流端で露出させている。図4に示すような形態で5つの構成要素が連結されていてもよい。なお、図4では、アウタプラグラップ280は、香味発生部220の下流端まで被覆しているが、香味発生部220の下流端まで被覆しないで香味発生部220を下流端で露出させていてもよい。 4 is an exploded perspective view of a flavor generating article 110 according to another embodiment. The flavor generating article 110 shown in FIG. 4 differs from the flavor generating article 110 shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 only in the manner of connection. In the flavor generating article 110 shown in FIG. 4, the five components are connected using an outer plug wrap 280, an outer plug wrap 260, and tipping paper 270. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 4, the outer plug wrap 280 connects the tip plug 112 and the flavor generating section 220 by wrapping them so as to cover them entirely. This connection body is called a first connection body 285. In the example shown in FIG. 4, the outer plug wrap 260 connects the hollow filter section 240 and the filter plug 250 by wrapping them so as to cover them entirely. This connection body is called a second connection body 265. Furthermore, the tipping paper 270 connects the first connection body 285, the hollow tube section 132, and the second connection body 265. Here, the tipping paper 270 covers the entire hollow tube portion 132 and the second connecting body 265, and a part of the first connecting body 285, and exposes the first connecting body 285 at the upstream end. Five components may be connected in the form shown in FIG. 4. Note that in FIG. 4, the outer plug wrap 280 covers the flavor generating section 220 up to the downstream end, but the flavor generating section 220 may not be covered up to the downstream end of the flavor generating section 220 and may be exposed at the downstream end.

 図1に示したように、香味発生物品110を香味吸引器120の加熱部30に適切に挿入させたとき、香味発生物品110の一部は香味吸引器120の外部に露出されていてもよい。具体的には、図1に示した状態において、図2又は図4に示した第2連結体265の全部又は一部が香味吸引器120の外部に露出していてもよい。また、図1に示した状態において、図2又は図4に示した中空管部132の一部が、香味吸引器120の外部に露出していてもよい。この場合、中空管部132に形成された開孔vfが、香味吸引器120の外部に露出していてもよいし、香味吸引器120の内側(香味発生物品110を挿入する開口よりも上流側)に位置していてもよい。使用者によって開孔vfが塞がれ難くなるため、中空管部132に形成された開孔vfが香味吸引器120の内側にあることが好ましい。 As shown in FIG. 1, when the flavor generating article 110 is properly inserted into the heating section 30 of the flavor inhaler 120, a part of the flavor generating article 110 may be exposed to the outside of the flavor inhaler 120. Specifically, in the state shown in FIG. 1, all or a part of the second connecting body 265 shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 may be exposed to the outside of the flavor inhaler 120. Also, in the state shown in FIG. 1, a part of the hollow tube section 132 shown in FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 may be exposed to the outside of the flavor inhaler 120. In this case, the opening vf formed in the hollow tube section 132 may be exposed to the outside of the flavor inhaler 120, or may be located inside the flavor inhaler 120 (upstream of the opening through which the flavor generating article 110 is inserted). It is preferable that the opening vf formed in the hollow tube section 132 is located inside the flavor inhaler 120, since the opening vf is less likely to be blocked by the user.

 香味発生部220は、香味発生物品110が香味吸引器120の所望の位置に収容された場合に、香味発生物品110の長手方向に沿って香味吸引器120の加熱源40と重なる第1部分と、加熱源40と重ならない第2部分とを有していてもよい。香味発生部220の第1部分の長手方向の長さは、香味発生部220の長手方向の長さの40%以上60%以下であることが好ましい。また、香味発生部220の長手方向の長さは、10mm以下であることが好ましい。 The flavor generating section 220 may have a first portion that overlaps with the heating source 40 of the flavor inhaler 120 along the longitudinal direction of the flavor generating article 110 when the flavor generating article 110 is accommodated in a desired position in the flavor inhaler 120, and a second portion that does not overlap with the heating source 40. The longitudinal length of the first portion of the flavor generating section 220 is preferably 40% or more and 60% or less of the longitudinal length of the flavor generating section 220. In addition, the longitudinal length of the flavor generating section 220 is preferably 10 mm or less.

 本実施形態では、先端プラグ112が従来にはない新たな機能を有する。具体的には、図3(a)及び図3(b)に示すように、先端プラグ112の第1濾材211は、第1部分112aと、第1部分112aよりも空隙率が低い第2部分112bと、を有する。第1部分112aと第2部分112bは、香味源221及び先端プラグ112が隣接する方向(長手方向)と直交する断面において、互いに隣接して配置される。これにより、先端プラグ112の上記断面において、空気が通過しやすい部分(第1部分112a)と空気が通過し難い部分(第2部分112b)を形成することができる。このため、第1部分112aと第2部分112bの位置を調整することにより、先端プラグ112は、先端プラグ112の下流に位置する香味源221の所望の位置に空気を多く通過させることができるという新たな機能を有し、その結果、香味源221で発生する蒸気又はエアロゾルを効率よくデリバリすることができる。なお、本明細書において第1部分112aの「空隙率」とは、上記断面において、第1部分112aの全体の断面積に対する、第1部分112aの全体の断面積から第1部分112aを構成する材料の断面積を除いた部分(即ち空隙部分)の割合をいう。同様に、本明細書において第2部分112bの「空隙率」とは、上記断面において、第2部分112bの全体の断面積に対する、第2部分112bの全体の断面積から第2部分112bを構成する材料の断面積を除いた部分(即ち空隙部分)の割合をいう。 In this embodiment, the tip plug 112 has a new function not seen in the past. Specifically, as shown in Figures 3(a) and 3(b), the first filter material 211 of the tip plug 112 has a first portion 112a and a second portion 112b having a lower porosity than the first portion 112a. The first portion 112a and the second portion 112b are arranged adjacent to each other in a cross section perpendicular to the direction (longitudinal direction) in which the flavor source 221 and the tip plug 112 are adjacent. This makes it possible to form a portion through which air can easily pass (first portion 112a) and a portion through which air cannot easily pass (second portion 112b) in the above cross section of the tip plug 112. Therefore, by adjusting the positions of the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b, the tip plug 112 has a new function of allowing a large amount of air to pass to a desired position of the flavor source 221 located downstream of the tip plug 112, and as a result, the vapor or aerosol generated by the flavor source 221 can be delivered efficiently. In this specification, the "porosity" of the first portion 112a refers to the ratio of the entire cross-sectional area of the first portion 112a minus the cross-sectional area of the material constituting the first portion 112a (i.e., the void portion) to the entire cross-sectional area of the first portion 112a. Similarly, in this specification, the "porosity" of the second portion 112b refers to the ratio of the entire cross-sectional area of the second portion 112b minus the cross-sectional area of the material constituting the second portion 112b (i.e., the void portion) to the entire cross-sectional area of the second portion 112b.

 図3に示す例では、香味源221及び先端プラグ112が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、第1部分112aは第2部分112bの周囲に配置される。この場合、先端プラグ112の中心よりも外側に空気が流れやすくなるので、例えば香味発生物品110が外周側から加熱される場合、香味源221の温度が高い領域に空気を多く流すことができ、蒸気又はエアロゾルの生成及びデリバリを効率よく行うことができる。これに限らず、第1部分112aと第2部分112bは、上記断面において互いに隣接する任意の位置に配置され得る。 In the example shown in FIG. 3, the first portion 112a is disposed around the second portion 112b in a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor source 221 and the tip plug 112 are adjacent. In this case, air tends to flow more toward the outside than toward the center of the tip plug 112, so that, for example, when the flavor generating article 110 is heated from the outer periphery, more air can be made to flow toward the area of the flavor source 221 where the temperature is high, and vapor or aerosol can be generated and delivered efficiently. Without being limited to this, the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b can be disposed at any position adjacent to each other in the cross section.

 図5は、他の実施形態に係る香味発生物品110の概略断面図である。具体的には図5(a)は、他の実施形態に係る香味発生物品110の概略側断面図である。図5(b)は、図5(a)における矢視b-bにおける断面図である。図5に示す例では、香味源221及び先端プラグ112が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、第2部分112bは第1部分112aの周囲に配置される。この場合、先端プラグ112の中心が外側よりも空気が流れやすくなるので、例えば香味発生物品110が内部から加熱される場合、香味源221の温度が高い領域に空気を多く流すことができ、蒸気又はエアロゾルの生成及びデリバリを効率よく行うことができる。また、先端プラグ112の外側が中心よりも空隙率が低くなり、外側に空気が流れにくくなるので、ユーザが誤って香味発生物品110に着火しようとしたときに、先端プラグ112が燃焼することを抑制することができる。 5 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a flavor generating article 110 according to another embodiment. Specifically, FIG. 5(a) is a schematic side cross-sectional view of a flavor generating article 110 according to another embodiment. FIG. 5(b) is a cross-sectional view taken along the arrows b-b in FIG. 5(a). In the example shown in FIG. 5, in a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor source 221 and the tip plug 112 are adjacent to each other, the second portion 112b is disposed around the first portion 112a. In this case, since air flows more easily through the center of the tip plug 112 than through the outside, for example, when the flavor generating article 110 is heated from the inside, more air can be caused to flow through the area of the flavor source 221 where the temperature is high, and the generation and delivery of steam or aerosol can be performed efficiently. In addition, the porosity of the outside of the tip plug 112 is lower than that of the center, making it difficult for air to flow to the outside, so that the tip plug 112 can be prevented from burning when a user accidentally tries to ignite the flavor generating article 110.

 図3及び図5に示す例においては、第1部分112aは、先端プラグ112の長手方向の全長に亘って延在する。第1部分112aは先端プラグ112の長手方向の一部に亘って延在してもよい。具体的には例えば、第1部分112aは、先端プラグ112の香味源221に近い一端面から先端プラグ112の他端面に向かって、先端プラグ112の途中まで延在してもよい。また、例えば、第1部分112aは、上記他端面(香味発生物品110の先端)から先端プラグ112の香味源221に近い上記一端面に向かって、先端プラグ112の途中まで延在してもよい。或いは、第1部分112aは、先端プラグ112の香味源221に近い一端面と、上記他端面(香味発生物品110の先端)との間を、両端面から露出しないように延在してもよい。これらの場合、第2部分112bは、香味源221及び先端プラグ112が隣接する方向(長手方向)において、第1部分112aと隣接するように追加的に配置されてもよい。 3 and 5, the first portion 112a extends over the entire length of the tip plug 112 in the longitudinal direction. The first portion 112a may extend over a portion of the longitudinal direction of the tip plug 112. Specifically, for example, the first portion 112a may extend from one end face of the tip plug 112 close to the flavor source 221 toward the other end face of the tip plug 112 to the middle of the tip plug 112. Also, for example, the first portion 112a may extend from the other end face (the tip of the flavor generating article 110) toward the one end face of the tip plug 112 close to the flavor source 221 to the middle of the tip plug 112. Alternatively, the first portion 112a may extend between the one end face of the tip plug 112 close to the flavor source 221 and the other end face (the tip of the flavor generating article 110) so as not to be exposed from both end faces. In these cases, the second portion 112b may be additionally disposed adjacent to the first portion 112a in the direction in which the flavor source 221 and the tip plug 112 are adjacent (longitudinal direction).

 同様に、図3及び図5に示す例においては、第2部分112bは、先端プラグ112の長手方向の全長に亘って延在する。第2部分112bは先端プラグ112の長手方向の一部に亘って延在してもよい。具体的には例えば、第2部分112bは、先端プラグ112の香味源221に近い一端面から先端プラグ112の他端面に向かって、先端プラグ112の途中まで延在してもよい。また、例えば、第2部分112bは、上記他端面(香味発生物品110の先端)から先端プラグ112の香味源221に近い上記一端面に向かって、先端プラグ112の途中まで延在してもよい。或いは、第2部分112bは、先端プラグ112の香味源221に近い一端面と、上記他端面(香味発生物品110の先端)との間を、両端面から露出しないように延在してもよい。これらの場合、第1部分112aは、香味源221及び先端プラグ112が隣接する方向(長手方向)において、第2部分112bと隣接するように追加的に配置されてもよい。 Similarly, in the example shown in Figures 3 and 5, the second portion 112b extends over the entire length of the tip plug 112 in the longitudinal direction. The second portion 112b may extend over a portion of the longitudinal direction of the tip plug 112. Specifically, for example, the second portion 112b may extend from one end face of the tip plug 112 close to the flavor source 221 toward the other end face of the tip plug 112 to the middle of the tip plug 112. Also, for example, the second portion 112b may extend from the other end face (the tip of the flavor generating article 110) toward the one end face of the tip plug 112 close to the flavor source 221 to the middle of the tip plug 112. Alternatively, the second portion 112b may extend between the one end face of the tip plug 112 close to the flavor source 221 and the other end face (the tip of the flavor generating article 110) so as not to be exposed from both end faces. In these cases, the first portion 112a may be additionally disposed adjacent to the second portion 112b in the direction in which the flavor source 221 and the tip plug 112 are adjacent (longitudinal direction).

 図3に示すように、第1部分112aは、長手方向に沿った複数の経路112cを有してもよい。この場合、空気が第1部分112aをより通過しやすくなる。図3に示す例では、複数の経路112cは、第1部分112aの長手方向の全長に亘って延在する。これに限らず、複数の経路112cは、第1部分112aの長手方向の一部に亘って延在してもよい。図5に示す例においても、第1部分112aが、長手方向に沿った複数の経路112cを有してもよい。 As shown in FIG. 3, the first portion 112a may have multiple paths 112c along the longitudinal direction. In this case, air can pass through the first portion 112a more easily. In the example shown in FIG. 3, the multiple paths 112c extend over the entire longitudinal length of the first portion 112a. However, the multiple paths 112c may extend over a portion of the longitudinal direction of the first portion 112a. In the example shown in FIG. 5, the first portion 112a may also have multiple paths 112c along the longitudinal direction.

 図3及び図5に示す例において、香味源221はエアロゾル源を含むことが好ましい。この場合、香味源221で生じるエアロゾル量を増加させることができる。エアロゾル源は、香味源221及び先端プラグ112が隣接する方向(長手方向)からみて第1部分112aと重なるように配置されることが好ましい。この場合、香味源221のエアロゾル源が配置される領域に空気を多く流すことができ、蒸気又はエアロゾルの生成及びデリバリを効率よく行うことができる。 In the examples shown in Figures 3 and 5, it is preferable that the flavor source 221 includes an aerosol source. In this case, the amount of aerosol generated by the flavor source 221 can be increased. The aerosol source is preferably arranged so as to overlap with the first portion 112a when viewed from the direction in which the flavor source 221 and the tip plug 112 are adjacent (the longitudinal direction). In this case, it is possible to allow a large amount of air to flow through the area of the flavor source 221 where the aerosol source is arranged, and it is possible to efficiently generate and deliver vapor or aerosol.

 図3及び図5に示す例において、第1部分112aの空隙率は70%以上90%以下であり、第2部分112bの空隙率は20%以上70%以下であることが好ましい。この場合、第1部分112aと第2部分112bに適切に空気を流しながら、第1部分112aと第2部分112bとに流れる空気の量に十分な差を生じさせることができる。第1部分112aの空隙率が90%超であると、第1部分112aに空気が流れすぎる恐れがある。他方、第2部分112bの空隙率が20%未満であると、第2部分112bに空気が実質的に流れなくなる恐れがある。 In the example shown in Figures 3 and 5, it is preferable that the porosity of the first portion 112a is 70% or more and 90% or less, and the porosity of the second portion 112b is 20% or more and 70% or less. In this case, it is possible to create a sufficient difference in the amount of air flowing through the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b while allowing air to flow appropriately through the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b. If the porosity of the first portion 112a is more than 90%, there is a risk that too much air will flow through the first portion 112a. On the other hand, if the porosity of the second portion 112b is less than 20%, there is a risk that air will not substantially flow through the second portion 112b.

 また、図3及び図5に示す例において、第2部分112bの空隙率に対する第1部分112aの空隙率の比は、1.5以上4.5以下であることが好ましい。この場合、第1部分112aと第2部分112bに適切に空気を流しながら、第1部分112aと第2部分112bとに流れる空気の量に十分な差を生じさせることができる。上記比が以上1.5未満であると、第1部分112aと第2部分112bとに流れる空気の量に十分な差を生じさせられない恐れがある。また、上記比が以上4.5超であると、以上1部分と第2部分112bとに流れる空気の量の差が大きくなりすぎて、第1部分112aに空気が流れすぎるか、或いは第2部分112bに空気が実質的に流れなくなる恐れがある。 In the example shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 5, the ratio of the porosity of the first portion 112a to the porosity of the second portion 112b is preferably 1.5 or more and 4.5 or less. In this case, it is possible to create a sufficient difference in the amount of air flowing between the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b while allowing air to flow appropriately between the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b. If the ratio is less than 1.5, there is a risk that a sufficient difference in the amount of air flowing between the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b cannot be created. If the ratio is more than 4.5, there is a risk that the difference in the amount of air flowing between the first portion 112a and the second portion 112b becomes too large, causing too much air to flow into the first portion 112a or substantially no air to flow into the second portion 112b.

 図3及び図5に示す例において、第1部分112aを構成する材料の密度は、0.8g/cm以上1.2g/cm以下であることが好ましい。この場合、香味発生物品110を構成する巻紙(例えば第1インナプラグラップ212)に第1部分112aを充填したときに、第2部分112bより高い所望の空隙率の第1部分112aを形成することができる。上記密度が0.8g/cm未満であると、第1部分112aの空隙率が低くなりすぎる恐れがあり、上記密度が1.2g/cm超であると、第1部分112aの空隙率が高くなりすぎる恐れがある。 3 and 5, the density of the material constituting the first portion 112a is preferably 0.8 g/cm 3 or more and 1.2 g/cm 3 or less. In this case, when the first portion 112a is filled into the wrapping paper (e.g., the first inner plug wrap 212) constituting the flavor-generating article 110, the first portion 112a can be formed with a desired porosity higher than that of the second portion 112b. If the density is less than 0.8 g/cm 3 , the porosity of the first portion 112a may be too low, and if the density is more than 1.2 g/ cm 3 , the porosity of the first portion 112a may be too high.

 第1部分112aを構成する材料としては、例えば紙等のシート材料が好ましい。第1部分112aには、たばこ刻みやシートたばこ等のたばこ材料は含まれなくてもよい。シート材料の厚みは、25μm以上150μm以下であることが好ましい。第1部分112aは、紙等のシート材料を折り畳んで形成してもよい。例えば、第1部分112aは、波板状に賦形され、波の配列方向に折りたたまれたシート材料から構成されていてもよい。このような波形のシート材料を、全体として円柱形状を形成するように、波の配列方向に折りたたむと、第1部分112aが形成される。このとき、第1部分112aには、上流側の端部及び下流側の端部にわたって、第1部分112aの長さ方向に延びる複数の経路112cが形成されてもよい。より具体的には、第1部分112aは、捲縮された紙を含むことが好ましい。この場合、安価な材料で、第2部分112bより空隙率の高い所望の第1部分112aを形成することができる。このような第1部分112aのシート材料としては、例えばグラシン紙が好ましく、シート材料の厚みは、25μm以上50μm以下であることが好ましい。なお、第1部分112aの態様は、特に上述に限定されない。例えば、第1部分112aは、紙などのシート材料にエンボス加工を施して形成してもよい。このような第1部分112aのシート材料の厚みは、80μm以上150μm以下であることが好ましい。第1部分112aとして使用される紙の厚さ、密度について述べたが、これらの値は、賦形処理(例えば、ひだを付ける処理など)を施す前の紙についての値を指す。 The material constituting the first portion 112a is preferably a sheet material such as paper. The first portion 112a may not include tobacco materials such as tobacco shreds or sheet tobacco. The thickness of the sheet material is preferably 25 μm or more and 150 μm or less. The first portion 112a may be formed by folding a sheet material such as paper. For example, the first portion 112a may be formed of a sheet material that is shaped into a corrugated plate shape and folded in the direction of the waves. When such a corrugated sheet material is folded in the direction of the waves so as to form a cylindrical shape as a whole, the first portion 112a is formed. At this time, the first portion 112a may be formed with a plurality of paths 112c extending in the length direction of the first portion 112a across the upstream end and the downstream end. More specifically, the first portion 112a preferably includes crimped paper. In this case, the desired first portion 112a having a higher porosity than the second portion 112b can be formed with an inexpensive material. The sheet material of the first portion 112a is preferably, for example, glassine paper, and the thickness of the sheet material is preferably 25 μm or more and 50 μm or less. The form of the first portion 112a is not particularly limited to the above. For example, the first portion 112a may be formed by embossing a sheet material such as paper. The thickness of the sheet material of the first portion 112a is preferably 80 μm or more and 150 μm or less. Although the thickness and density of the paper used as the first portion 112a have been described, these values refer to the values of the paper before it is subjected to a shaping process (for example, a process of pleating, etc.).

 また、図3及び図5に示す例において、第2部分112bを構成する材料の密度は、0.3g/cm以上0.5g/cm以下であることが好ましい。この場合、香味発生物品110を構成する巻紙(例えば第1インナプラグラップ212)に第2部分112bを充填したときに、第1部分112aより低い所望の空隙率の第2部分112bを形成することができる。上記密度が0.3g/cm未満であると、第2部分112bの空隙率が低くなりすぎる恐れがあり、上記密度が0.5g/cm超であると、第2部分112bの空隙率が高くなりすぎる恐れがある。 3 and 5, the density of the material constituting the second portion 112b is preferably 0.3 g/cm 3 or more and 0.5 g/cm 3 or less. In this case, when the second portion 112b is filled into the wrapping paper (e.g., the first inner plug wrap 212) constituting the flavor-generating article 110, the second portion 112b can be formed with a desired porosity lower than that of the first portion 112a. If the density is less than 0.3 g/cm 3 , the porosity of the second portion 112b may be too low, and if the density is more than 0.5 g/cm 3 , the porosity of the second portion 112b may be too high.

 第2部分112bを構成する材料としては、例えば、糸、不織布、又は紙等のシート材料が好ましい。第2部分112bには、たばこ刻みやシートたばこ等のたばこ材料は含まれなくてもよい。第2部分112bを構成する材料が紙等のシート材料である場合、シート材料の厚みは、50μm以上90μm以下であることが好ましい。このような第2部分112bは、紙等のシート材料を折り畳んで形成してもよい。また、第2部分112bを構成する材料が不織布である場合、不織布の厚みは、500μm以上1300μm以下であることが好ましい。より具体的には、第2部分112bは、糸、不織布、又は捲縮された紙を含むことが好ましい。この場合、安価な材料で、第1部分112aより空隙率の低い所望の第2部分112bを形成することができる。第2部分112bとして使用される紙の厚さ、密度について述べたが、これらの値は、賦形処理(例えば、ひだを付ける処理など)を施す前の紙についての値を指す。 The material constituting the second portion 112b is preferably, for example, a sheet material such as thread, nonwoven fabric, or paper. The second portion 112b does not need to include tobacco materials such as tobacco shreds or sheet tobacco. If the material constituting the second portion 112b is a sheet material such as paper, the thickness of the sheet material is preferably 50 μm or more and 90 μm or less. Such a second portion 112b may be formed by folding a sheet material such as paper. Also, if the material constituting the second portion 112b is a nonwoven fabric, the thickness of the nonwoven fabric is preferably 500 μm or more and 1300 μm or less. More specifically, the second portion 112b preferably includes thread, nonwoven fabric, or crimped paper. In this case, the desired second portion 112b having a lower porosity than the first portion 112a can be formed from an inexpensive material. Although the thickness and density of the paper used for the second portion 112b have been described, these values refer to the values for the paper before it is subjected to a shaping process (e.g., a pleating process, etc.).

 また、香味源221及び先端プラグ112が隣接する方向と直交する断面(例えば図3(b)に示す断面)において、先端プラグ112のうちの第1部分112aが占有する面積の割合は45%以上95%以下であることが好ましい。この場合、先端プラグ112において空隙率が比較的高い第1部分112aの面積を高くすることができるので、香味源221の比較的大きな面積に多くの空気を供給することができる。その結果、第1部分112aに対応するように位置する香味源221に含まれ得る揮発し難いエアロゾル源又はニコチンなどの成分を効率的にデリバリできる。他方で、空隙率が比較的低い第2部分112bに対応するように位置する香味源221においては、揮発しやすい成分(例えばメンソール等)のデリバリ量を抑制して、喫煙セッションの後半においても当該成分をユーザに提供することができる。なお、第1部分112aに対応するように位置する香味源221とは、香味発生物品110の長手方向から見て、第1部分112aと重なる香味源221の部分であってもよい。また、第2部分112bに対応するように位置する香味源221とは、香味発生物品の長手方向から見て、第2部分112bと重なる香味源221の部分であってもよい。 Furthermore, in a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor source 221 and the tip plug 112 are adjacent (for example, the cross section shown in FIG. 3B), it is preferable that the proportion of the area occupied by the first portion 112a of the tip plug 112 is 45% or more and 95% or less. In this case, the area of the first portion 112a, which has a relatively high porosity in the tip plug 112, can be increased, so that a large amount of air can be supplied to a relatively large area of the flavor source 221. As a result, the aerosol source or nicotine or other components that are difficult to volatilize and may be contained in the flavor source 221 located corresponding to the first portion 112a can be efficiently delivered. On the other hand, in the flavor source 221 located corresponding to the second portion 112b, which has a relatively low porosity, the amount of easily volatilized components (for example, menthol) delivered can be suppressed, and the components can be provided to the user even in the latter half of the smoking session. The flavor source 221 located so as to correspond to the first portion 112a may be a portion of the flavor source 221 that overlaps with the first portion 112a when viewed from the longitudinal direction of the flavor generating article 110. The flavor source 221 located so as to correspond to the second portion 112b may be a portion of the flavor source 221 that overlaps with the second portion 112b when viewed from the longitudinal direction of the flavor generating article.

 以上に本発明の実施形態を説明したが、本発明は上記実施形態に限定されるものではなく、特許請求の範囲、及び明細書と図面に記載された技術的思想の範囲内において種々の変形が可能である。なお直接明細書及び図面に記載のない何れの形状や材質であっても、本願発明の作用・効果を奏する以上、本願発明の技術的思想の範囲内である。 Although the embodiments of the present invention have been described above, the present invention is not limited to the above embodiments, and various modifications are possible within the scope of the claims and the technical ideas described in the specification and drawings. Furthermore, any shape or material not directly described in the specification and drawings is within the scope of the technical ideas of the present invention as long as it provides the functions and effects of the present invention.

 以下に本明細書が開示する態様のいくつかを記載しておく。
(1)
 香味発生物品であって、
 香味源と、
 前記香味源の上流側に配置された上流部と、を備え、
 前記上流部は、第1部分と、前記第1部分よりも空隙率が低い第2部分と、を有し、
 前記香味源及び前記上流部が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、前記第1部分と前記第2部分は隣接して配置される、香味発生物品。
(2)
 (1)に記載された香味発生物品において、
 前記香味源及び前記上流部が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、前記第1部分は前記第2部分の周囲に配置される、香味発生物品。
(3)
 (1)に記載された香味発生物品において、
 前記香味源及び前記上流部が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、前記第2部分は前記第1部分の周囲に配置される、香味発生物品。
(4)
 (1)から(3)のいずれかに記載された香味発生物品において、
 前記香味源はエアロゾル源を含み、
 前記エアロゾル源は、前記香味源及び前記上流部が隣接する方向からみて前記第1部分と重なるように配置される、香味発生物品。
(5)
 (1)から(4)のいずれかに記載された香味発生物品において、
 前記第1部分の空隙率は70%以上90%以下であり、前記第2部分の空隙率は20%以上70%以下である、香味発生物品。
(6)
 (1)から(5)のいずれかに記載された香味発生物品において、
 前記第2部分の空隙率に対する前記第1部分の空隙率の比は、1.5以上4.5以下である、香味発生物品。
(7)
 (1)から(6)のいずれかに記載された香味発生物品において、
 前記第1部分を構成する材料の密度は、0.8g/cm以上1.2g/cm以下である、香味発生物品。
(8)
 (1)から(7)のいずれかに記載された香味発生物品において、
 前記第1部分は、捲縮又はエンボス加工された紙を含む、香味発生物品。
(9)
 (1)から(8)のいずれかに記載された香味発生物品において、
 前記第1部分は、長手方向に沿った複数の経路を有する、香味発生物品。
(10)
 (1)から(7)のいずれかに記載された香味発生物品において、
 前記第2部分を構成する材料の密度は、0.3g/cm以上0.5g/cm以下である、香味発生物品。
(11)
 (1)から(10)のいずれかに記載された香味発生物品において、
 前記第2部分は、糸、不織布、又は捲縮された紙を含む、香味発生物品。
(12)
 (1)から(11)のいずれかに記載された香味発生物品において、
 前記香味源及び前記上流部が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、前記上流部のうちの前記第1部分が占有する面積の割合は45%以上95%以下である、香味発生物品。
Some aspects disclosed in the present specification are described below.
(1)
A flavor generating article, comprising:
A flavor source;
an upstream portion disposed upstream of the flavor source;
The upstream portion has a first portion and a second portion having a lower porosity than the first portion,
A flavor generating article, wherein the first portion and the second portion are disposed adjacent to each other in a cross section perpendicular to a direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent to each other.
(2)
In the flavor generating article according to (1),
A flavor generating article, wherein the first portion is disposed around the second portion in a cross section perpendicular to a direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent to each other.
(3)
In the flavor generating article according to (1),
A flavor generating article, wherein the second portion is disposed around the first portion in a cross section perpendicular to a direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent to each other.
(4)
In the flavor generating article according to any one of (1) to (3),
the flavor source comprises an aerosol source;
The aerosol source is positioned so as to overlap the first portion when viewed in a direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent to each other.
(5)
In the flavor generating article according to any one of (1) to (4),
A flavor generating article, wherein the first portion has a porosity of 70% or more and 90% or less, and the second portion has a porosity of 20% or more and 70% or less.
(6)
In the flavor generating article according to any one of (1) to (5),
A flavor generating article, wherein a ratio of the porosity of the first portion to the porosity of the second portion is 1.5 or greater and 4.5 or less.
(7)
In the flavor generating article according to any one of (1) to (6),
A flavor generating article, wherein the density of the material constituting the first portion is 0.8 g/cm3 or more and 1.2 g/cm3 or less .
(8)
In the flavor generating article according to any one of (1) to (7),
The flavor generating article, wherein the first portion comprises a crimped or embossed paper.
(9)
In the flavor generating article according to any one of (1) to (8),
The first portion has a plurality of longitudinal paths.
(10)
In the flavor generating article according to any one of (1) to (7),
A flavor generating article, wherein the density of the material constituting the second portion is 0.3 g/cm3 or more and 0.5 g/ cm3 or less.
(11)
In the flavor generating article according to any one of (1) to (10),
The flavor generating article, wherein the second portion comprises a thread, a nonwoven fabric, or a crimped paper.
(12)
In the flavor generating article according to any one of (1) to (11),
A flavor generating article, wherein in a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent to each other, the proportion of an area of the upstream portion occupied by the first portion is 45% or more and 95% or less.

110  :香味発生物品
112  :先端プラグ
112a :第1部分
112b :第2部分
112c :経路
212   :香味源
110: Flavor generating article 112: Tip plug 112a: First portion 112b: Second portion 112c: Path 212: Flavor source

Claims (12)

 香味発生物品であって、
 香味源と、
 前記香味源の上流側に配置された上流部と、を備え、
 前記上流部は、第1部分と、前記第1部分よりも空隙率が低い第2部分と、を有し、
 前記香味源及び前記上流部が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、前記第1部分と前記第2部分は隣接して配置される、香味発生物品。
A flavor generating article, comprising:
A flavor source;
an upstream portion disposed upstream of the flavor source;
The upstream portion has a first portion and a second portion having a lower porosity than the first portion,
A flavor generating article, wherein the first portion and the second portion are disposed adjacent to each other in a cross section perpendicular to a direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent to each other.
 請求項1に記載された香味発生物品において、
 前記香味源及び前記上流部が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、前記第1部分は前記第2部分の周囲に配置される、香味発生物品。
The flavor generating article according to claim 1,
A flavor generating article, wherein the first portion is disposed around the second portion in a cross section perpendicular to a direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent to each other.
 請求項1に記載された香味発生物品において、
 前記香味源及び前記上流部が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、前記第2部分は前記第1部分の周囲に配置される、香味発生物品。
The flavor generating article according to claim 1,
A flavor generating article, wherein the second portion is disposed around the first portion in a cross section perpendicular to a direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent to each other.
 請求項1から3のいずれか一項に記載された香味発生物品において、
 前記香味源はエアロゾル源を含み、
 前記エアロゾル源は、前記香味源及び前記上流部が隣接する方向からみて前記第1部分と重なるように配置される、香味発生物品。
The flavor generating article according to any one of claims 1 to 3,
the flavor source comprises an aerosol source;
The aerosol source is positioned so as to overlap the first portion when viewed in a direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent to each other.
 請求項1から4のいずれか一項に記載された香味発生物品において、
 前記第1部分の空隙率は70%以上90%以下であり、前記第2部分の空隙率は20%以上70%以下である、香味発生物品。
The flavor generating article according to any one of claims 1 to 4,
A flavor generating article, wherein the first portion has a porosity of 70% or more and 90% or less, and the second portion has a porosity of 20% or more and 70% or less.
 請求項1から5のいずれか一項に記載された香味発生物品において、
 前記第2部分の空隙率に対する前記第1部分の空隙率の比は、1.5以上4.5以下である、香味発生物品。
The flavor generating article according to any one of claims 1 to 5,
A flavor generating article, wherein a ratio of the porosity of the first portion to the porosity of the second portion is 1.5 or greater and 4.5 or less.
 請求項1から6のいずれか一項に記載された香味発生物品において、
 前記第1部分を構成する材料の密度は、0.8g/cm以上1.2g/cm以下である、香味発生物品。
The flavor generating article according to any one of claims 1 to 6,
A flavor generating article, wherein the density of the material constituting the first portion is 0.8 g/cm3 or more and 1.2 g/cm3 or less .
 請求項1から7のいずれか一項に記載された香味発生物品において、
 前記第1部分は、捲縮又はエンボス加工された紙を含む、香味発生物品。
The flavor generating article according to any one of claims 1 to 7,
The flavor generating article, wherein the first portion comprises a crimped or embossed paper.
 請求項1から8のいずれか一項に記載された香味発生物品において、
 前記第1部分は、長手方向に沿った複数の経路を有する、香味発生物品。
The flavor generating article according to any one of claims 1 to 8,
The first portion has a plurality of longitudinal paths.
 請求項1から7のいずれか一項に記載された香味発生物品において、
 前記第2部分を構成する材料の密度は、0.3g/cm以上0.5g/cm以下である、香味発生物品。
The flavor generating article according to any one of claims 1 to 7,
A flavor generating article, wherein the density of the material constituting the second portion is 0.3 g/cm3 or more and 0.5 g/ cm3 or less.
 請求項1から10のいずれか一項に記載された香味発生物品において、
 前記第2部分は、糸、不織布、又は捲縮された紙を含む、香味発生物品。
The flavor generating article according to any one of claims 1 to 10,
The flavor generating article, wherein the second portion comprises a thread, a nonwoven fabric, or a crimped paper.
 請求項1から11のいずれか一項に記載された香味発生物品において、
 前記香味源及び前記上流部が隣接する方向と直交する断面において、前記上流部のうちの前記第1部分が占有する面積の割合は45%以上95%以下である、香味発生物品。
The flavor generating article according to any one of claims 1 to 11,
A flavor generating article, wherein in a cross section perpendicular to the direction in which the flavor source and the upstream portion are adjacent to each other, the proportion of an area of the upstream portion occupied by the first portion is 45% or more and 95% or less.
PCT/JP2023/032661 2023-09-07 2023-09-07 Flavor-generating article Pending WO2025052620A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2023/032661 WO2025052620A1 (en) 2023-09-07 2023-09-07 Flavor-generating article

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2023/032661 WO2025052620A1 (en) 2023-09-07 2023-09-07 Flavor-generating article

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025052620A1 true WO2025052620A1 (en) 2025-03-13

Family

ID=94923986

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/032661 Pending WO2025052620A1 (en) 2023-09-07 2023-09-07 Flavor-generating article

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2025052620A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2021528055A (en) * 2018-06-29 2021-10-21 フィリップ・モーリス・プロダクツ・ソシエテ・アノニム Aerosol generation system with enhanced aerosol delivery
JP2022188769A (en) * 2021-06-09 2022-12-21 Future Technology株式会社 Cartridge for smoking tool
JP2023522998A (en) * 2020-06-23 2023-06-01 ケーティー アンド ジー コーポレイション Aerosol-generating articles, threaded filters, and cooling articles including threaded filters

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2021528055A (en) * 2018-06-29 2021-10-21 フィリップ・モーリス・プロダクツ・ソシエテ・アノニム Aerosol generation system with enhanced aerosol delivery
JP2023522998A (en) * 2020-06-23 2023-06-01 ケーティー アンド ジー コーポレイション Aerosol-generating articles, threaded filters, and cooling articles including threaded filters
JP2022188769A (en) * 2021-06-09 2022-12-21 Future Technology株式会社 Cartridge for smoking tool

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7495976B2 (en) Smoking system
JP7313437B2 (en) Non-combustion-heated tobacco products and electrically-heated tobacco products
JP7627800B2 (en) Non-combustion heated tobacco products
JP7522864B2 (en) Non-combustion heated tobacco products and electrically heated tobacco products
JP7615181B2 (en) Non-combustion heated tobacco products
WO2025052620A1 (en) Flavor-generating article
JP7785849B2 (en) Smoking System
WO2025052618A1 (en) Flavor-generating article and smoking system
WO2025126308A1 (en) Flavor-generating article
WO2025052617A1 (en) Flavor-generating article
JP7659576B2 (en) Non-combustion heated tobacco products and electrically heated tobacco products
JP7640582B2 (en) Non-combustion heated tobacco products and electrically heated tobacco products
JP7522863B2 (en) Non-combustion heated tobacco products and electrically heated tobacco products
WO2025052625A1 (en) Flavor-generating article
WO2025154253A1 (en) Flavor-generating article
WO2025154255A1 (en) Flavor inhalation system
WO2025052612A1 (en) Flavor generation article and flavor generation system
WO2025052613A1 (en) Flavor generation article and flavor generation system
WO2025154254A1 (en) Flavor-generating article and method for manufacturing flavor-generating article
WO2025052611A1 (en) Flavor generation article and flavor generation system
JP2025135077A (en) Flavor-generating products
WO2025186891A1 (en) Flavor-generating article
WO2025126307A1 (en) Flavor generation system
WO2025243507A1 (en) Flavor-generating article and flavor-generating system
WO2025203565A1 (en) Flavor-generating article and flavor-generating system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23951518

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1